غلق

1 غَلَقَ as syn. with أَغْلَقَ: see the latter.

A2: Also, inf. n. غَلْقٌ, He went away. (TA.) b2: And غَلَقَ فِى الأَرْضِ, aor. ـِ inf. n. غَلْقٌ, He went far into the land; (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K, * TA;) as also فَلَقَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. فَلْقٌ. (Ibn-'Abbád, O, TA.) A3: غَلِقَ said of a door: see 7. b2: [Hence,] غَلِقَ الرَّهْنُ, aor. ـَ (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K, &c.,) inf. n. غَلَقٌ, (S, O, Msb,) or غُلُوقٌ, (IAar, TA,) or both, (Sb, TA,) (tropical:) The pledge was, or became, a rightful possession [i. e. a forfeit] to the receiver of it (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K) when not redeemed within the time stipulated; (S, O, K;) or so غَلِقَ الرَّهْنُ فِى

يَدِ المُرْتَهِنِ: (Sb, TA:) or غَلِقَ الرَّهْنُ means the pledge remained in the hand [or possession] of the receiver of it, the pledger being unable to redeem it; (IAar, TA;) accord. to the Bári', it is when a man pledges a commodity and says, “If I do not pay thee within such a time, the pledge shall be thine for the debt. ” (Msb.) This is forbidden in a trad. (S, Mgh, O, Msb, &c.) It is said in a trad. of the Prophet on this subject, لَا يَغْلَقُ بِمَا فِيهِ لَكَ غُنْمُهُ وُعَلَيْكَ غُرْمُهُ [meaning It shall not become a forfeit to the receiver with what is involved in it: (or, accord. to an explanation of the first clause in the Msb, it shall not become a rightful possession to the receiver for the debt for which it was pledged:) to thee shall pertain the regaining of it, and its increase, and growth, and excess in value, if such there be, and upon thee shall be the obligation of the debt belonging to it, and the bearing of any unavoidable damage that it may have sustained]: (O:) or لَهُ غُنْمُهُ وَعَلَيْهِ غُرْمُهُ i. e., accord. to A 'Obeyd, to him (the owner) it shall return, and to him shall pertain its increase [if there be any], and if it have become defective, or have perished, [unavoidably,] he shall be responsible for it and shall pay the debt to him to whom it is owed without being compensated by [the remission of] aught of the debt: (Msb:) or لَكَ غُنْمُهُ وَعَلَيْهِ غُرْمُهُ, which means to thee (the pledger) shall pertain the increase of it (the pledge), and its growth, and its excess in value, [if it have any,] and upon him (the receiver of it) shall be the responsibility [to make compensation] for it if it perish [through his fault, in his possession], (O. [There are other, somewhat different, readings and explanations of this trad. in the Mgh &c.; but what I have here given, from the O and Msb, appear to me to be the most approvable. See also غُنْمٌ: and see art. رهن.]) Zuheyr says, وَفَارَقَتْكَ بِرَهْنٍ لَا فَكَاكَ لَهُ يَوْمَ الوَدَاعِ فَأَمْسَى الرَّهْنُ قَدْ غَلِقَا (assumed tropical:) [And she separated herself from thee with a pledge for which there is nothing wherewith it may be redeemed, on the day of valediction, so the pledge has become a forfeit to its receiver]: (S, Mgh, O, TA:) he means that she received his heart as a pledge, and went away with it. (Mgh, TA.) The saying of Ows Ibn-Hajar

أَبُو غَلَقٍ فِى لَيْلَتَيْنِ مُؤَجَّلِ means (assumed tropical:) The owner of a pledge that has become a rightful possession [or forfeit] to its receiver, the period for the release of which is two nights: to this he likens a captivated heart. (TA.) b3: One says also, of a slave who has received permission to traffic, غَلِقَتْ رَقَبَتُهُ بِالدَّيْنِ (assumed tropical:) His رَقَبَة [meaning person] has become a rightful possession [or a forfeit to his creditor or creditors] by reason of debt, when he is unable to free it. (Mgh.) b4: And غَلِقَ signifies also (assumed tropical:) He was unransomed, or unredeemed; said of a captive, and of a criminal. (TA.) b5: And (tropical:) He, or it, stuck fast: (S, O, TA:) thus in the saying, غَلِقَ قَلْبُهُ فِى يَدِ فُلَانَةَ [His heart stuck fast in the possession of such a woman or girl]: (TA:) and اِحْتَدَّ فَغَلِقَ فِى حِدَّتِهِ [He became excited by sharpness of temper, and stuck fast in his sharpness of temper]: (S, O. TA:) and غَلِقَ is said of anything that sticks fast in a thing, and cleaves to it: thus one says, غَلِقَ فِى

البَاطِلِ [He stuck fast in that which was vain, or false]: and the saying of El-Farezdak وَلَوْ كَانُوا أُولِى غَلَقٍ سِغَابَا means Had they been persons who had stack fast in poverty and hunger, cleaving thereto. (Sh, TA.) b6: Also, (Msb, TA,) inf. n. غَلَقٌ, (Mgh, Msb,) (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, disquieted, (Mgh,) or disquieted by grief; (Mgh, Msb;) or angry, (Msb, TA.) and excited by sharpness of temper. (TA.) Hence يَمِينُ الغَلَقِ (assumed tropical:) The oath of anger; said by some of the lawyers to be so called because he who swears it closes thereby against himself a door preventing him from advancing or drawing back. (Msb.) And hence إِيَّاكَ وَالغَلَقَ (assumed tropical:) Beware thou of, or avoid thou, the being disquieted, or disquieted by grief [or anger]: or, as some say, the meaning is, التَّطْلِيقَاتُ حَتَّى لَا يَبْقَى مِنْهَا ↓ لَا يُغْلَقُ شَىْءٌ (assumed tropical:) [i. e. The sentences of divorce shall not be closed, or concluded, at once, by one's saying

“ Thou art trebly divorced,” so that there shall not remain of them aught]; for one should divorce agreeably with the سُنَّة: (Mgh:) [or, accord. to the TA, إِيَّاكَ وَالغَلَقَ app. means beware thou of, or avoid thou, the state of straitness:] and الغَلَقُ signifies also the being in a state of perdition: (TA:) and contractedness of the mind or bosom, (Mbr, JK, TA,) and paucity of patience. (Mbr, TA.) b7: One says also, غَلِقَتِ النَّخْلَةُ, (O. K, TA,) inf. n. غَلَقٌ, (TA,) : The palm-tree had worms in the bases of its branches and was thereby stopped from bearing fruit; (O, K, TA;) and so عَنِ الإِثْمَارِ ↓ أُغْلِقَتْ. (TA.) b8: And غَلِقَ ظَهْرُ البَعِيرِ, (S, O, K, TA,) inf. n. غَلَقٌ, (S, O, TA,) (tropical:) The back of the camel became galled with galls not to be cured; (S, O, K, TA;) the whole of his back being seen to be two portions of cicatrized skin, the results of galls that had become in a healing state, and the two sides thereof glistening: ISh says that in the case of the worst galls of the camel, the furniture, or saddle and saddle-cloth, cannot be [partially] raised from contact with him [so as to be bearable by him]. (TA.) 2 غَلَّقَ see 4, former half, in three places.3 مُغَالَقَةٌ signifies (assumed tropical:) The contending for a bet, or wager; syn. مُرَاهَنَةٌ; (O, K;) originally, in the game called المَيْسِر: whence, in a trad., the phrase اِرْتَبَطَ فَرَسًا لِيُغَالِقَ عَلَيْهَا (assumed tropical:) [He tied up a mare in order that he should contend upon her in a race for a stake or stakes]. (O.) 4 اغلق البَابَ, (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K, &c.,) inf. n. إِغْلَاقٌ, (Mgh, K, &c.,) He made the door fast with a غَلَق, so that it could not be opened unless with a key; (Msb;) [i. e.] he locked the door; or bolted it: or he closed, or shut, it: (MA:) contr. of فَتَحَهُ: (O, K: *) and ↓ غَلَقَهُ, (S, O, Msb, K,) aor. ـِ (Msb, K,) inf. n. غَلْقٌ, (S, O, Msb,) signifies the same; (S, O, Msb, K;) mentioned by IDrd, on the authority of Az; but rare; (Msb;) or a mispronunciation; (K;) or bad, (S, O, K,) and rejected; (S;) and غَلْقٌ is [said to be] the subst. from أَغْلَقَ; (S, Mgh, K;) whence the saying of a poet, وَبَابٍ إِذَا مَا مَالَ لِلْغَلْقِ يَصْرِفُ [And a door that, when it turns to be locked, or closed, creaks]: (S, O, Mgh: *) and one says, الأَبْوَابَ ↓ غَلَّقْتُ [I locked, or closed, the doors]; the verb being with teshdeed to denote multiplicity [of the objects]; (Sb, S, TA;) [and] it is so to denote muchness [of the action] or intensiveness, (O,) [for] one says also, البَابَ ↓ غلّق, a chaste phrase; El-Isbahánee says that ↓ غَلَّقْتُ signifies I locked, or closed, (أَغْلَقْتُ,) many doors, or a door several times, or a door well or thoroughly; (TA;) and one says also أَغْلَقْتُ الأَبْوَابَ; (S, O, TA;) said by Sb to be a good Arabic phrase; (TA;) but this is rare; (O;) El-Farezdak says, مَا زِلْتُ أَفْتَحُ أَبْوَابًا وَأُغْلِقُهَا حَتَّى أَتَيْتُ أَبَا عَمْرِو بْنَ عَمَّارِ [I ceased not to open doors and to close them until I came to Aboo-'Amr Ibn-'Ammár], meaning, as AHát says, Aboo-'Amr Ibn-El-'Alà. (S, O, TA.) b2: [Hence] one says, أُغْلِقَ عَلَيْهِ الأَمْرُ (assumed tropical:) The affair was [as though it were closed against him; i. e., was made] strait to him. (TA. [See also 10.]) b3: And [hence] إِغْلَاقٌ signifies (assumed tropical:) The act of constraining: (Mgh, O, TA:) whence the saying in a trad., لَا طَلَاقَ وَلَا عَتَاقَ فِى إِغْلَاقٍ (assumed tropical:) [There is no divorcement of a wife, nor liberation of a slave, in a case of constraint]; (Mgh, * O, TA;) for the agent is straitened in his affair, (Mgh, TA,) as though the door were locked, or closed, against him, and he were imprisoned. (TA.) One says, أَغْلَقَهُ عَلَى شَىْءٍ (assumed tropical:) He constrained him to do a thing. (IAar, Mgh, TA.) b4: See also 1, last quarter, in two places. b5: One says also, اغلق الرَّهْنَ (tropical:) He made, or declared, the pledge to be due [or a forfeit to its receiver]. (IAar, TA.) And in like manner one says of the arrows termed مَغَالِق, [pl. of مِغْلَقٌ,] تُغْلِقُ الخَطَرَ i. e. (tropical:) They make the stake, or wager, or thing playedfor, to be due [or a forfeit] to the player (O, TA) who wins, or is successful. (TA.) b6: And اغلق القَاتِلَ (assumed tropical:) He delivered, or surrendered, the slayer to the heir, or next of kin, of the slain, that he might decide respecting his blood as he pleased. (O, TA.) And أُغْلِقَ فُلَانٌ بِجَرِيرَتِهِ (assumed tropical:) [Such a one was delivered, or surrendered, to be punished for his crime]. (TA.) And El-Farezdak says, أَسَارَى حَدِيدٍ أُغْلِقَتْ بِدِمَآئِهَا (assumed tropical:) [Captives in bonds of iron, delivered, or surrendered, to be punished for their bloods that they had shed]. (TA.) b7: And أُغْلِقَ فُلَانٌ (assumed tropical:) Such a one was angered. (TA.) b8: And الإِغْلَاقُ [or rather إِغْلَاقُ ظَهْرِ البَعِيرِ] signifies (assumed tropical:) The galling of the back of the camel by heavy loads: (K, TA:) whence the phrase مَنْ أَغْلَقَ ظَهْرَهُ [meaning (assumed tropical:) Such as has heavily burdened his back with sins], applied, in a trad., to one of those for whom the Prophet will intercede; the sins that have burdened the back of the man being likened to the weight of the load of the camel: [but] it is also said that الإِغْلَاقُ was a practice of the Time of Ignorance; that when the camels of any one of them amounted to a hundred, أَغْلَقُوا بَعِيرًا, i. e. (assumed tropical:) They displaced the سَنَاسِن [pl. of سِنْسِنٌ, q. v.] of one of the vertebræ of a camel, and wounded his hump, in order that he might not be ridden, and that no use might be made of his back; and that camel was termed مُعَنًّى [q. v. in art. عنو]. (TA.) 6 تغالقوا They contended, one with another, for bets, or wagers. See 3.]7 انغلق; (MA, TA;) and ↓ غَلِقَ, (TA,) inf. n. غَلَقٌ; (KL;) and ↓ استغلق; (KL, TA;) said of a door, (MA, KL, TA,) It was, or became, locked, or bolted; or closed, or shut; (MA, KL;) or difficult to be opened: (TA:) انغلق is the contr. of انفتح. (Msb.) b2: See a verse cited voce رَوِيْئَةٌ, in art. روأ. [And see also 10.]10 إِسْتَغْلَقَ see 7. b2: [Hence] one says, اِسْتَغْلَقَتْ رَحِمُ النَّاقَةِ فَلَمْ تَقْبَلَ المَآءَ (assumed tropical:) [The she-camel's womb became closed so that it did not admit the seminal fluid]. (Lth, K in art. ربع.) b3: And استغلق عَلَيْهِ الكَلَامُ (tropical:) Speech was as though it were closed against him, (S, O, K, TA,) so that he [was tongue-tied, or] spoke not: accord. to the A, it is said of one who is straitened, and required against his will to speak. (TA.) b4: And استغلق الأَمْرُ (assumed tropical:) i. q. أَعْضَلَ, q. v. (S and O in art. عضل.) b5: And استغلق الخَبَرُ (assumed tropical:) i. q. اِسْتَبْهَمَ, q. v. (Msb in art. بهم.) b6: And اِسْتَغْلَقَنِى فِى بَيْعِى, (ISh, O,) or فى بَيْعَتِهِ, (K,) (tropical:) He made me to be without the option of returning [in the selling to me, or in his sale]: (ISh, O, K, TA:) b7: and اِسْتَغْلَقَتْ عَلَىَّ بَيْعَتُهُ (ISh, O, K) (tropical:) His sale was to me without the option of returning. (K, TA.) غَلْقٌ is [said to be] the inf. n. of غَلَقَ as syn. with أَغْلَقَ: (S, O, Msb:) and (S, K) the subst. from the latter verb [q. v.]. (S, Mgh, K.) A2: As an epithet, (O, K,) applied to a man, or to a camel, (K,) or to each of these, (O,) Old, or advanced in age, and lean, meagre, or emaciated: (O, K, TA:) accord. to the “ Nawádir,” it is applied to an old man [app. as meaning lean, meagre, or emaciated]: (TA:) or red; (K;) or in this sense applied to a man, and to a skin for water or milk, and to leather: (Ibn-'Abbád, O:) or, accord. to AA, applied to a skin for water or milk, vitiated, or rendered unsound, in the tanning. (O.) مَالٌ غِلْقٌ (assumed tropical:) Unlawful property: (JK:) or property to which there is no access; (TA voce رِتْجٌ;) i. q. مَالٌ رِتْجٌ. (K and TA ibid.) One says حَلَالٌ طَلْقٌ: [see art. طلق:] and [in the contr. sense] حَراَمٌ غِلْقٌ (assumed tropical:) [Unlawful, inaccessible]. (TA.) غَلَقٌ [A lock;] a thing by means of which a door is made fast, (S, * O, * Msb, K, *) not to be opened save with a key; (S and K voce مِزْلَاجٌ;) a thing that is closed and opened with a key; (Mgh;) pl. أَغْلَاقٌ, (Sb, Msb, TA,) its only pl.: (Sb, TA:) and ↓ مِغْلَاقٌ is syn. therewith; (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) pl. مَغَالِيقُ: (Msb:) so too is ↓ مِغْلَقٌ: (Msb, TA:) and so ↓ مُغْلُوقٌ: (S, O, K:) and so ↓ غَلَاقٌ. (TA.) El-Farezdak has used its pl. metaphorically, [in a sense sufficiently obvious,] saying, فَبِتْنَ بِجَانِبَىَّ مُصَرَّعَاتٍ

وَبِتُّ أَفُضُّ أَغْلَاقَ الخِتَامِ meaning خِتَامَ الأَغْلَاقِ, the phrase being inverted by him. (TA.) b2: Also i. q. رِتَاجٌ, meaning A great door: whence the phrase مَفَاتِيحُ أَغْلَاقِهَا, by which are meant [the keys of] the [great] doors thereof. (Mgh.) غَلِقٌ [part. n. of غَلِقَ primarily signifying Being, or becoming, locked, or bolted; or closed, or shut. b2: And hence,] (tropical:) A pledge being, or becoming, a rightful possession [i. e. a forfeit] to the receiver of it, not having been redeemed within the time stipulated. (TA. [See also the verb.]) b3: And (assumed tropical:) A captive, and a criminal, unransomed, or unredeemed. (TA.) b4: (assumed tropical:) A narrow, or strait, place. (TA.) b5: (assumed tropical:) A man evil in disposition: or much, or often, in anger; thus expl. by Aboo-Bekr: or narrow in disposition, difficult to be pleased. (TA.) b6: And (tropical:) Speech, or language, [difficult to be understood,] dubious, or confused. (S, K, TA.) b7: And نَخْلَةٌ غَلِقَةٌ (tropical:) A palm-tree having worms in the bases of its branches and thereby stopped from bearing fruit. (TA.) b8: And غَلِقٌ applied to the back of a camel, (tropical:) Having incurable galls; the whole of it being seen to be two portions of cicatrized skin, and the two sides thereof glistening. (TA.) غُلُقٌ, applied to a door, [Locked; or bolted: or closed, or shut:] i. q. ↓ مُغْلَقٌ; (S, O, K;) of which ↓ مَغْلُوقٌ is a dial. var., but bad, (S, O,) and rejected. (S, TA.) غَلْقَةٌ, (S, O, K,) thus as heard by AHn from El-Bekree and others, (O,) and ↓ غِلْقَةٌ (O, K) as heard by him from one of the Desert-Arabs of Rabee'ah, the former the more common, (O,) and ↓ غَلْقَى, (K,) A certain tree [or plant] with which the people of Et-Táïf prepare hides for tanning by the treatment termed عَطْنٌ: (ISk, S, TA: [see عَطَنَ الجِلْدَ:]) accord. to information given to AHn by an Arab of the desert, (O,) a certain small tree, [or plant,] (O, K, TA,) resembling the عِظْلِم [q. v.], (O, TA,) bitter (O, K, TA) in an intense degree, not eaten by anything: it is dried, then bruised, and beaten, with water, and skins are macerated in it, in consequence of which there remains not upon them a hair nor a particle of fur nor a bit of flesh; this being done when they desire to throw the skins into the tan, whether they be of oxen or of sheep or goats or of other animals; and it is bruised, and carried into the various districts or towns for this purpose: (O, TA:) it is found in El-Hijáz and Tihámeh: (K, TA:) AHn says, it is a tree [or plant] not to be endured for pungency; the gatherer of it fears for his eyes from its exhalation or its juice: (TA:) it is of the utmost efficiency for tanning: (K, TA:) Lth says, (O, TA,) it is a bitter tree [or plant]; (O;) and it is a poison; a mixture being made with its leaves for wolves and dogs, which kills them; and it is used also for tanning therewith: (O, TA:) and AHn says, (TA,) the Abyssinians poison weapons with it, (K, TA,) cooking it, and then smearing with it the weapons, (TA,) and it kills him whom it smiles. (K, TA.) [Accord. to Forskål, (Flora Ægypt. Arab. p. lxvi.,) the names of “ Harmal حرمل, and Ghalget ed dib غلقت الديب,” by which he means حَرْمَل and غَلْقَة الذِّئْب, are now applied to Peganum harmala.]

غِلْقَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

غَلْقَى: see the next preceding paragraph.

غَلَاقٌ: see غَلَقٌ.

A2: It is also a subst. from the verb in the phrase أُغْلِقَ فُلَانٌ بِجَرِيرَتِهِ [q. v.]: 'Adee Ibn-Zeyd says, وَتَقُولُ العُدَاةُ أَوْدَى عَدِىٌّ وَبَنُوهُ قَدْ أَيْقَنُوا بِالغَلَاقِ [And the enemies say, “'Adee has perished, and his sons have made sure of being surrendered ”]. (TA.) إِغْلِيقٌ [like إِقْلِيدٌ, which is more common,] A key; pl. أَغَالِيقُ. (TA.) [أَغَالِيقُ may also signify Locks, as a pl. pl., i. e. as pl. of أَغْلَاقٌ, which is pl. of غَلَقٌ.]

مُغْلَقٌ: see غُلُقٌ.

مِغْلَقٌ: see غَلَقٌ. b2: Also, (S, O, K, TA,) and ↓ مِغْلَاقٌ is a dial. var. thereof in this sense, (TA,) An arrow, (K,) i. e. any arrow, (S, O,) used in the game called المَيْسِر: (S, O, K:) or, (K,) accord. to Lth, (O,) المِغْلَقُ signifies السَّهْمُ السّابِعُ فِى مُضَعَّفِ المَيْسِرِ [i. e. the seventh arrow, app. belonging to the class, of the arrows of the game of الميسر, to which manifold portions are assigned; for المُضَعَّفُ as used in relation to the game called الميسر I do not find expl. otherwise than as an appellation of “ the second of the arrows termed الغُفْل, to which are assigned no portion; ” (see art. ضعف, and see also سَفِيحٌ;) and this cannot be here meant, as the seventh arrow (which is commonly called المُعَلَّى) has seven portions assigned to it: therefore it seems that مُضَعَّف is here used, if not mistakenly, in a sense which, though admissible, is unusual in a case of this kind]: (O, K:) pl. مَغَالِقُ: (S, O, K: in the CK [erroneously] مَغَالِيقُ:) or المُغَالِقُ is one of the epithets applied to the winning arrows, and is not one of their [particular] names; (O, K;) they being those that make what is played-for to be a forfeit to the player (تُغْلِقُ الخَطَرَ لِلْقَامِرِ): so accord. to Az, who says that Lth has made a mistake in his explanation. (O.) مِغْلَاقٌ: see غَلَقٌ. [Hence] one says, فُلَانٌ مِفْتَاحٌ لِلْخَيْرِ مِغْلَاقٌ لِلشَّرِّ (assumed tropical:) [Such a one is a key to that which is good, a lock to that which is evil]. (TA.) b2: And i. q. مِرْتَاجٌ [A thing with which a door is closed, or made fast, (app. a kind of latch,) affixed behind the door, in the part next to the lock]. (TA.) [See art. رتج: and see مِعْلَاقٌ, which seems to have the same, or a similar, meaning.]) b3: And رَجُلٌ مِغْلَاقٌ. (Msb,) and قَوْمٌ مَغَالِيقُ, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) A man, and a company of men, by means of whom (عَلَى يَدَيْهِ, Msb, and عَلَى أَيْدِيهِمْ, TA,) the pledge is made a forfeit (يُغْنَقُ). (Msb, TA.) And ذُو مِغْلَاقٍ means اَلَّذِى تُغْلَقُ عَلَى يَدِهِ قِدَاحُ المَيْسِرِ (assumed tropical:) [app. One by means of whom the arrows in the game called الميسر are withheld from the rest of the players; i. e. by his winning]: or, accord. to Z, يُغْلِقُ الحُجَّةَ عَلَى الخَصْمِ (assumed tropical:) [app. one who closes the argument against the adversary in a dispute]. (TA in art. علق.) b4: See also مِغْلَقٌ.

مَغْلُوقٌ: see غُلُقٌ.

A2: Also A hide in which [the plant called] غَلْقَة [q. v.] is put, when it is prepared for tanning by the treatment termed عَطْنٌ: (ISk, S, TA:) or a hide tanned with غَلْقَة. (O, K.) مُغْلُوقٌ: see غَلَقٌ.

شق

1 شَقَّهُ, (S, M, Msb, K,) aor. ـُ (M, Msb,) inf. n. شَقٌّ, (S, M, Msb,) He cut it [or divided it] lengthwise; (TA in art. قد;) [i. e.] he clave it, split it, rived or rifted it, or slit it; so as to separate it; [i. e. he clave, split, rived or rifted, slit, rent, ripped, tore, broke, or burst, it asunder;] or without separating it; [i. e. he cracked, chapped, incided or incised, gashed, slashed, furrowed, or trenched, it; or clave, split, &c., or cut, it open;] syn. صَدَعَهُ; (K;) or [more explicitly]

الشَّقُّ signifies الصَّدْعُ البَائِنُ [the cleaving &c. that separates]; or غَيْرُ البَائِنِ [that which does not separate]; or الصَّدْعُ [the cleaving, &c.,] in a general sense: (M:) and in like manner, [but with an intensive signification, or implying frequency or repetition of the action, or its application to several objects, generally meaning he clave it, &c., much, or in pieces, or in several places,] ↓ شقّقهُ: (M, K:) you say, شقّق الحَطَبَ (S, K) وَغَيْرَهُ (S) i. e. شَقَّهُ [but properly meaning He clave in pieces the firewood &c.]. (K. [In the CK, شَقَّ الحَطَبَ is erroneously put for شقّق الحطب.]) b2: [شَقَّ رَأْسَهُ generally means He clave his head, or his pericranium: and sometimes, as in an instance in the K voce شَقَأَ, he divided the hair of his head.] b3: شَقَّ العَصَا [lit. He split the staff] means (tropical:) he separated himself from the community; (S, K, TA;) and particularly, that of the Muslims: because the staff is not thus called but when it is whole, not when it is split: accord. to Lth, يَشُقُّ عَصَا المُسْلِمِينَ and ↓ يُشَاقُّهُمْ signify alike: but they differ in meaning, as will be shown hereafter. (TA.) شَقَّ عَصَا المُسْلِمِينَ, K, TA,) said of a خَارِجِىّ [i. e. heretic or schismatic], also means (assumed tropical:) He effected disunion and dissension in the body of the Muslims. (TA.) And one says also, شَقَّ عَصَا الطَّاعَةِ (assumed tropical:) [He broke the compact of allegiance, or obedience; became a rebel]. (M.) b4: لَا وَالَّذِى شَقَّ الرِّجَالَ لِلْخَيْلِ وَالجِبَالَ لِلسَّيْلِ [app. meaning (assumed tropical:) No, by Him who clave men for the riding upon horses, and the mountains for the flowing of the torrent,] is a saying mentioned by IAar, but not expl. by him. (M. [It is there added, وَعِنْدِى أَنَّهُ جَعَلَ الرِّجَالَ وَالجِبَالَ جُمْلَةً

وَاحِدَةً ثُمَّ خَرَقَهُمَا فَجَعَلَ الرِّجَالَ لِهٰذِهِ وَالجِبَالَ لِهٰذَا: an expression of opinion which is, to me, by no means clear, though reconcilable with my rendering.]) b5: المَالُ بَيْنَنَا شَقَّ الأَبْلَمَةِ and الأُبْلُمَةِ [The property is divided between us as in the dividing of the ابلمة; or the cattle are divided &c.;] meanswe are equal in respect of the property, or cattle: for the ابلمة means the [kind of leaf called]

خُوصَة, which, when it is split lengthwise, splits in halves: (M:) or, accord. to Aboo-Ziyád, the ابلمة is a herb, or leguminous plant, (بَقْلَةٌ,) to which there come forth pods, like [those of] the bean; and when you split them lengthwise, they split in halves, equally, from the first part to the last thereof: شَقَّ is in the accus. case as an inf. n., مَشْقُوقٌ being understood. (Har p. 639.) [See also شِقٌّ.] b6: شَقَّ, (S, M, K,) aor. ـُ inf. n. شُقُوقٌ, (M,) said of the canine tooth of a camel, (tropical:) It [clave the gum and] came forth: (S, M, K, TA:) [said to be] a dial. var. of شَقَأَ: (S:) and said of the canine tooth of a child, (M, TA,) in like manner, (TA,) meaning it made its first appearance: (M:) and said also of a plant, [as meaning it came forth] on the ground's first cleaving open from it. (M, TA.) b7: Also, aor. ـُ inf. n. شَقٌّ, said of the dawn, (tropical:) It rose; as though it clave the place of its rising and came forth therefrom. (TA.) b8: Also, aor. ـُ (TA,) inf. n. شَقٌّ, said of lightning, (tropical:) It [clave the clouds, and] extended high, into the midst of the sky, without going to the right and left: (K, TA:) so says A'Obeyd: (TA: [see شَقِيقٌ:]) and ↓ انشقّ and ↓ تشقّق, said of lightning, signify اِنْعَقَّ [probably meaning the same; (see عَقِيقَةٌ;) or, as expl. in the S and also in the O, in art. عق, it was, or became, in a state of commotion, (تَضَرَّبَ,) in the clouds]: (M, TA:) or ↓ تشقّق said of lightning means it spread wide and long. (JK.) b9: شَقَّ السَّبِيلَ (K in art. عبر) (assumed tropical:) He passed along the way; as though he cut it, or furrowed it. (TK in that art.) and شَقَّ النَّهْرَ (assumed tropical:) He crossed the river by swimming. (TA in art. قطع.) b10: شَقَّ المَآءَ (assumed tropical:) He opened a way, passage, vent, or channel, for the water to flow forth; syn. بَجَسَهُ. (A and K in art. بجس.) b11: شَقَّ أَمْرَهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. شَقٌّ, (assumed tropical:) He, or it, discomposed, deranged, or disordered, so that it became incongruous, or inconsistent, his affair, or state of affairs. (M, TA.) [A phrase similar to شَقَّ العَصَا, mentioned above. And so, app., what next follows.] b12: شَقَّ الكَلَامَ, i. q. قَدَّهُ [also expl. as syn. with قَطَعَهُ, which generally means (assumed tropical:) He cut short, or broke off, the speech; or ceased from speaking; but sometimes, and perhaps in this case, he articulated speech, or the speech: compare a signification of 2.]. (M and L in art. قد.) b13: See also 8. b14: شَقَّ بَصَرُ المَيِّتِ i. q. شَخَصَ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) The eye, or eyes, of the dying man became fixedly open; or his eyelids became raised upwards, and he looked intently, and became disquieted, or disturbed]: (M, TA:) and (TA) the dying man looked at a thing, his sight not recoiling to him: (S, K, TA:) said of him to whom death is present: (S, TA:) or [simply] the eyes of the dying man became open: (TA:) one should not say شَقَّ المَيِّتُ بَصَرَهُ: (S, M, K:) and شُقَّ, with damm to the ش, is not approved. (IAth, TA.) b15: شَقَّ عَلَيْهِ, (M, K, in the S عَلَىَّ, and in the Msb عَلَيْنَا,) aor. ـُ (S, M, Msb,) inf. n. شَقٌّ (S, M, K) and مَشَقَّةٌ, (S, K,) [or the latter is a simple subst., as seems to be indicated in the M and Msb,] (assumed tropical:) It (a thing, S, or an affair, or event, M, Msb, K) affected him severely; had a severe effect upon him; distressed, afflicted, troubled, molested, inconvenienced, fatigued, or wearied, him: (M:) it was difficult, hard, distressing, grievous, or severe, to him; (K, TA;) and onerous, burdensome, oppressive, or troublesome, to him. (TA.) and شَقَّ عَلَيْهِ, [inf. n., app., شَقٌّ only,] (assumed tropical:) He caused him to fall into a difficult, hard, distressing, grievous, or severe, case: (K, TA:) imposed upon him that which was onerous, burdensome, oppressive, or troublesome. (TA.) And شَقَّتِ السَّفْرَةُ (assumed tropical:) The journey was [difficult, hard, or] far-extending. (Msb.) A2: شُقَّ, said of the solid hoof, and of the pastern of a horse or the like, It was, or became, affected with the disease termed شُقَاق, occasioning cracks. (M, TA.) 2 شَقَّّ see 1, first sentence. b2: شقّق الكَلَامَ, (S, K, TA,) inf. n. تَشْقِيقٌ, (TA,) (tropical:) He uttered, or pronounced, speech, or the speech, in the best manner: (S, K, TA:) and he sought with repeated efforts, in speaking, to utter, or pronounce, the speech in the best manner. (TA.) 3 شاقّهُ, (M, Mgh, Msb,) inf. n. مُشَاقَّةٌ (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K) and شِقَاقٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) the latter inf. n. occurring in the Kur ii. 131 and iv. 39 [&c.], (TA,) (assumed tropical:) He acted with him contrariously, or adversely, (S, * M, Mgh, Msb, K,) and inimically; (K;) properly, each of them doing to the other that which was distressing, grievous, or troublesome, so that each of them was in a شِقّ [or side] other than that of his fellow; (Msb;) or as though he became in a شِقّ, i. e. side, in respect of him: (Mgh:) accord. to Er-Rághib, the inf. n. signifies the being in a شِقّ [or side] other than that of one's fellow: or it is from شَقُّ العَصَا بَيْنَكَ وَبَيْنَ صَاحِبِكَ [meaning “ the effecting disunion and dissension between thee and thy fellow ”], so that it is tropical: (TA:) or the primary meaning of الشِّقَاقُ is the being [mutually] remote. (Ham p. 326.) See also 1, in the first quarter of the paragraph.4 اشقّ النَّخْلُ The palm-trees put forth their شَوَاقّ, pl. of شَاقَّةٌ [q. v.]: mentioned by Th, on the authority of some one or more of the BenooSuwáäh. (M.) 5 تشقّق quasi-pass. of 2: (S, M, K:) said of firewood (S, K) &c. (S) [as meaning It became cloven in pieces]. See 7, in two places. b2: Said of lightning: see 1, in two places, in the latter half of the paragraph. b3: Said of a horse, (tropical:) He was, or became, lean, or light of flesh; slender and lean; or lean, and lank in the belly. (A'Obeyd, TA.) 6 تَشَاقَّا, said of two adversaries, or litigants, as also ↓ اِشْتَقَّا, They wrangled, quarrelled, or contended, each with the other, (M, TA,) and took to the right and left in contention; (TA;) فِى

الشَّىْءِ [in respect of the thing]. (M.) 7 انشقّ quasi-pass. of شَقَّهُ as expl. in the first sentence of this art.: [i. e. it signifies It became divided lengthwise, cloven, split, riven or rifted, slit, rent, ripped, torn, broken, or burst, asunder; or it became cracked, chapped, incided or incised, gashed, slashed, furrowed, or trenched; or cloven, or split, &c., or cut, open: or it clave, split, &c.:] (S, M:) and in like manner, ↓ تشقّق is quasi-pass. of شَقَّقَهُ: [i. e. it signifies it became cloven or split &c., or it clave or split &c., much, or in pieces, or in several or many places:] (M:) or the former signifies [sometimes] it opened so as to have in it an interstice. (Msb.) وَانْشَقَّ القَمَرُ, in the Kur liv. I, means And the moon hath been cloven (Bd, Jel) in twain, (Jel,) as a sign to the Prophet: (Bd, Jel:) or shall be cloven on the day of resurrection: but the former is confirmed by another reading, وَقَدِ أْنْشَقَّ القَمَرُ: (Bd:) or, accord. to Er-Rághib, the meaning is, (assumed tropical:) the case hath become manifest. (TA.) One says, انشقّ الشَّىْءُ بِنِصْفَيْنِ [The thing became cloven, &c., in halves]. (S.) [And انشقّ مِنْهُ It became cloven, &c., from it: and it branched off from it; as a river from another river, and the like. and انشقّ عَنْهُ It clave asunder from over it, so as to disclose it: see also 8.] b2: [Hence,] انشقّ فلَانٌ مِنَ الغَضَبِ (assumed tropical:) Such a one was as though his interior were filled with anger so that he split. (TA.) b3: And اِنْشَقَّتِ العَصَا (assumed tropical:) The affair, or state of affairs, became discomposed, deranged, or disordered: (S, K, TA:) and انشقّت العَصَا بِالبَيْنِ, and ↓ تشقّقت, (Lth, M, TA,) (assumed tropical:) the affair, or state of affairs, became discomposed, deranged, or disorganized, by separation: (Lth, TA:) and انشقّ الأَمْرُ (assumed tropical:) the affair, or state of affairs, became discomposed, deranged, or disorganized, being incongruous, or inconsistent. (M, TA.) and انشقّت عَصَا الطَّاعَةِ (assumed tropical:) [The compact of allegiance, or obedience, became broken]. (M.) b4: انشقّ said of lightning: see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph.8 اِشْتِقَاقٌ signifies The taking the شِقّ of a thing, (S, K,) i. e. the half thereof. (S.) One says, اشتقّ الشَّىْءَ He took the شِقّ [or half] of the thing. (TK.) b2: And (assumed tropical:) The taking [or deriving] a word from a word, (S, K,) with the condition of reciprocal relation in meaning and [radical] composition, and of reciprocal difference in form: [and it is of three kinds:] الاِشْتِقَاقُ الصَّغِيرُ is that derivation in which there is a reciprocal relation between the two words in the letters and in the order [thereof]; as in ضَرَبَ from الضَّرْبُ: الاشتقاق الكَبِيرُ is that in which there is a reciprocal relation between the two words as to the letter and the meaning, exclusively of the order; as in جَبَذَ from الجَذْبُ: الاشتقاق الأَكْبَرُ is that in which there is a reciprocal relation between the two words in the place [or places] of utterance; as in نَعَقَ from النَّهْقُ. (KT.) [You say, اشتقّ حَرْفًا or كَلِمَةً or لَفْظًا, and اسْمًا, He derived a word, and a name, مِنْ آخَرَ from another; and ↓ شَقَّهُ sometimes signifies the same, as is shown by a citation voce رَحِمٌ.] b3: [And, as syn. with اِخْتِرَاعٌ, (see 8 in art. خرع,)] The constructing, or founding, (بُنْيَان,) of a thing of, or from, what is originated without premeditation. (M.) b4: and (tropical:) The taking to the right and left, (S, K, TA,) not pursuing the right, or direct, course, (S, TA,) in speech, and in contention, or disputation, or litigation: (S, K, TA:) or اِشْتِقَاقُ الكَلَامِ signifies the taking to the right and left in speech: (so in a copy of the M: [but I think that the right reading is الاِشْتِقَاقُ فِى الكَلَامِ, agreeably with what here follows:]) you say, اشتقّ فِى الكَلَامِ, and فِى الخُصُومَةِ. (TK.) See also 6. And [in like manner] one says of a horse, اشتقّ فِى عَدْوِهِ (assumed tropical:) He went to the right and left in his running. (M. [See also أَشَقُّ.]) b5: اشتقّ الطَّرِيقُ فِى الفَلَاةِ (tropical:) The road went [or branched off] into the desert. (TA. [See also 7.]) 10 استشقّ بِالجُوَالِقِ He turned the sack upon one of his two sides (عَلَى أَحَدِ شِقَّيْهِ), in order to pass through a door. (TA.) b2: [استشقّ, as stated by Freytag, is expl. by Jac. Schultens, but on what authority is not said, as signifying “ Prodiit, manifestus evasit. ”] R. Q. 1 شَقْشَقَ, (JK, S, K,) inf. n. شَقْشَقَةٌ, (S,) said of a stallion [camel], He brayed [in his شِقْشِقَة, or faucial bag]. (JK, S, K.) [It is said that] the primary meaning of شَقْشَقَةٌ is Loudness of voice; or the being loud in voice. (JK.) b2: And said of a sparrow, It uttered a cry: (K, TA:) or one says of a sparrow, يُشَقْشِقُ فِى صَوْتِهِ [app. meaning It makes a loud twittering in its cry]. (S.) شَقٌّ sing. of شُقُوقٌ; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) originally an inf. n.; (S, Msb;) An opening forming an interstice in a thing: (Msb:) or a fissure, cleft, chink, split, slit, rent, crack, or the like, syn. صَدْعٌ, in wood or a stick, or in a wall, or in a glass vessel [&c.]: (T, TA:) [or] a place that is مَشْقُوق [i. e. cloven or cleft, split, &c.: (see 1, first sentence: and see also مَشَقٌّ:) and often signifying an incision, a gash, or a furrow, or trench]: (M, K:) as though an inf. n. used as a subst. in this sense: pl. as above, شُقُوقٌ: (M:) it differs from شُقَاقٌ, (S, Mgh,) by having a general signification: (Mgh:) accord. to Yaakoob, one says, بِيَدِ فُلَانٍ شُقُوقٌ (S, Mgh) and بِرِجْلِهِ (S) [i. e. In the hand, or arm, of such a one are cracks, or the like, and in his foot, or leg]: but [it is asserted that in this case] one should not say شُقَاقٌ: (S, Mgh: [see, however, this word:]) and hence, شَقُّ القَبْرِ The trench, or oblong excavation, in the middle of the grave: and accord. to As, شُقُوقٌ signifies صُدُوع [i. e. fissures, &c.,] in mountains, and in the earth, or ground. (Mgh.) b2: The rima vulvæ of a woman; i. e. the gap [or chink] between the two edges, or borders, of the labia majora of her vulva: as also ↓ مَشَقٌّ. (M, K.) b3: And (tropical:) The daybreak. (S, K, TA.) A2: See also the next paragraph, first and fifth sentences.

A3: And see the last two sentences of the same paragraph.

شِقٌّ The half (S, Mgh, Msb, K) of a thing (S, Msb, K) of any kind; as also ↓ شَقٌّ: (K:) or the half of a thing when it is cloven, or split, or divided lengthwise; (M;) as also ↓ شِقَّةٌ. (AHn, S, * M, K.) One says, أَخَذْتُ شِقَّ الشَّاةِ and ↓ شِقَّةَ الشَّاةِ I took the half of the sheep or goat: (S, TA:) the vulgar pronounce the ش with fet-h. (TA.) And خُذْ هٰذَا الشِّقَّ Take thou this ↓ شِقَّة [i. e. half] of the sheep or goat. (TA.) Hence the trad., تَصَدَّقُوا وَلَوْ بِشِقِّ تَمْرَةٍ i. e. [Give ye alms though it be but] the half of a date; meaning deem not anything little that is given as alms. (TA.) And المَالُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكَ شِقَّ الشَّعَرَةِ and الشَّعَرَةِ ↓ شَقَّ, (O, K, * [in the CK and in my MS. copy of the K شقُّ, but the former reading appears to be the right, شَقَّ being an inf. n. as in a similar saying in the former half of the first paragraph of this art., and شِقَّ being a subst. used as an inf. n. or for كَشِقِّ,]) meaning [The property is between us] two halves, equal [in division]. (K.) b2: [Hence,] A certain kind of the jinn, or genii; (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K;) a species of diabolical beings having the form of the half of a human being. (Kzw in his Descr. of the Jinn.) b3: The lateral half, or half and side; as when one says that a person paralyzed has a شِقّ inclining; and as when one speaks of the شِقّ of a مَحْمِل [meaning either of the two dorsers, or panniers, or oblong chests, which are borne, one on either side, by a camel, and which, with a small tent over them, compose a مَحْمِل: see this last word, and مَحَارَةٌ]. (Mgh.) b4: The side of the body; as when one says of a person that his left شِقّ was grazed, or abraded. (Mgh.) [Hence,] one says of a horse, يَمِيلُ عَلَى أَحَدِ شِقَّيْهِ [He inclines, or leans, upon one of his two sides]. (O.) [And مَشَى عَلَى شِقٍّ and فِى شِقٍّ He went, or walked, inclining upon one side.] b5: The side, or lateral part, (Lth, Msb, K, TA,) of a thing; the two sides of a thing being called شِقَّاهُ: (Lth, TA:) or, as some say, (TA,) the side of a mountain. (S, TA.) [Hence,] one says, فُلَانٌ مِنْ شِقِّ العَشِيرَةِ لَا مِنْ صَمِيمِهَا (assumed tropical:) [Such a one is of the collateral class of the kinsfolk, or tribe, not of the main stock thereof]. (Mgh in art. عرض.) b6: I. q. ↓ شَقِيقٌ; (S, Msb, K;) [which primarily signifies The cloven-off half of a thing; i. e.,] when a thing is cloven in halves, each of the halves is called the شَقِيق of the other. (S, K.) b7: [And hence, (assumed tropical:) The counterpart of a person or thing: and this appears to be meant by J, and accord. to SM in the K, where it is said that شِقٌّ is syn. with ↓ شَقِيقٌ; for they add immediately after:] one says هُوَ أَخِى وَشِقُّ نَفْسِى (tropical:) [He is my brother, and the counterpart of myself]; (S, TA;) as though he were cloven from me, because of the resemblance of each of us to the other. (TA.) One says also, هذَا

↓ شَقِيقُهُ, meaning (assumed tropical:) This is the like of him, or it. (TA.) And [hence] it is said in a trad., النِّسَآءُ شَقَائِقُ الرِّجَالِ, [in which شَقَائِقُ is the pl. of ↓ شَقِيقٌ as fem., or of شَقِيقَةٌ in the same sense,] meaning (assumed tropical:) Women are the likes of men in natural dispositions; as though they were cloven from them; or because Eve was created from Adam. (TA.) b8: And (tropical:) A man's brother; (M;) and so ↓ شَقِيقٌ; (S, M, O, K, TA;) meaning a brother by the father and mother; (TA;) from شَقِيقٌ as meaning “ either half of a thing that is cloven in halves; ” (S, TA;) or as though the relationship of one were cloven from that of the other: (IDrd, O, K:) pl. of the latter أَشِقَّآءُ. (M, Msb.) b9: And a name for A thing at which one looks: (Lth, O, K:) [but this is app. taken from the following saying of Lth, in which I think الشِّقُّ is a mistranscription for الشَّقُّ, meaning “ the crack,” &c.:] الشَّقُّ is the inf. n. of شَقَقْتُ, and الشِّقُّ is a name for that at which one looks [i. e. for the visible effect of the act signified by the verb], and the pl. is الشُّقُوقُ [which is well known as the pl. of الشَّقُّ]. (JK.) A2: Also i. q. ↓ مَشَقَّةٌ (S, M, O, Msb, K) i. e. Difficulty, hardship, distress, affliction, trouble, inconvenience, fatigue, or weariness; (M, TA;) and languor, or lack of power, that overtakes the mind and the body; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and so ↓ شَقٌّ; (IJ, S, M, O, K;) thus it is sometimes pronounced with fet-h; mentioned by A'Obeyd; (S;) and by Az; (M;) or this is an inf. n., and شِقٌّ is the subst.; (O, K;) and ↓ شُقَّةٌ and ↓ شِقَّةٌ also signify the same as مَشَقَّةٌ, (K,) or such as overtakes a man in consequence of travel; (TA;) and the pls. of these two are شُقَقٌ, (K, TA,) mentioned by Fr, (TA,) and شِقَقٌ, (K, TA,) mentioned on the authority of some one or more of [the tribe of] Keys: (TA:) the pl. of ↓ مَشَقَّةٌ is مَشَاقُّ and مَشَقَّاتٌ. (TA.) Hence, in the Kur [xvi. 7], لَمْ تَكُونُوا بَالِغِيهِ إِلَّا بِشِقِ الْأَنْفُسِ [Which ye would not reach save with difficulty, or distress, &c., of the souls]; where some read ↓ بِشَقِّ. (S, * TA.) شُقَّةٌ primarily signifies The half of a garment [consisting of two oblong pieces sewed together, side by side]: then it was applied to [such] a garment as it is [when complete: in both of these senses it is used in the present day]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or a piece (قِطْعَةٌ) of a garment: (Mgh:) or the شُقَّة of ثِيَاب [thus, and thus only, in the S, meaning of garments and of cloths, for it is of both,] is an oblong piece; syn. سَبِيبَةٌ مُسْتَطِيلَةٌ: (M, K:) [it is often applied to an oblong piece of cloth of those pieces of which a tent is composed:] pl. شُقَقٌ and شِقَاقٌ. (M, Mgh, TA.) One says, فُلَانٌ يَبِيعُ شِقَاقَ الكَتَّانِ [Such a one sells pieces, or oblong pieces, &c., of linen]. (Mgh.) b2: Also A piece of a مَزَادَة [q. v.]. (B, TA in art. بصر.) b3: And A piece, or portion, [or tract,] of Hell; likewise pronounced ↓ شِقَّةٌ. (Ham p. 816.) b4: And A far journey; as also ↓ شِقَّةٌ, (S, M, K,) sometimes thus pronounced with kesr: (S:) a far, long journey: a far-extending space: (TA:) or a road difficult to him who travels it: (Mgh:) or [simply] a journey: and i. q. ثنيا [so in my copy of the Msb, app. a mistranscription for ثَنِيَّة, i. e. a mountain-road, &c.]: pl. شُقَقٌ. (Msb.) b5: and A part, region, quarter, or tract, (Ibn-'Arafeh, Er-Rághib, K, TA,) towards which one draws near, (Ibn-'Arafeh, TA,) or towards which the traveller directs himself, (K, TA,) [like شُكَّةٌ,] or in the reaching of which one is overtaken by difficulty, or distress; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and ↓ شِقَّةٌ signifies the same. (K.) b6: And Distance; and so ↓ شِقَّةٌ. (K.) b7: See also شِقٌّ, last sentence but one.

شِقَّةٌ A splinter (S, K) that splits off, (S,) or a piece (M, Mgh, TA) split off, (M, TA,) of a plank, (S, M, K, TA,) or of wood, (TA,) or of a piece of wood, (S, Mgh,) or other thing: (M, TA:) a piece split, or divided, lengthwise, of a staff, or stick, and of a garment, or piece of cloth, &c.: (IDrd, O, K:) and a piece split (K, TA) from anything; such as the half: (TA:) pl. شِقَقٌ. (O, TA.) One says of him who is angry, اِحْتَدَّ فَطَارَتْ مِنْهُ شِقَّةٌ فِى الأَرْضِ وَشِقَّةٌ فِى السَّمَآءِ (assumed tropical:) [He became excited by sharpness of temper, or angriness, and he was as though a bit flew from him upon the ground, and a bit into the sky]. (S, * M, TA: in the S, فى الارض &c. is omitted.) See also شِقٌّ, first three sentences. b2: See also شُقَّةٌ, in four places. b3: And see شِقٌّ, again, last sentence but one.

شَقَقٌ The quality, in a horse, (M, K,) and in a man, (M,) denoted by the epithet أَشَقُّ [q. v.]. (M, K.) شَقَقَةٌ [a pl. of which the sing. is not mentioned] Enemies. (TA.) شُقَاقٌ A cracking in several places, (تَشَقُّقٌ, S, K,) or cracks, (Mgh,) or a certain disease occasioning cracks, (M,) in the pasterns of horses or the like, (S, M, Mgh, K,) and in their hoofs, (M, Mgh,) and sometimes rising to their shanks: so says Yaakoob: (S:) and, accord. to Lth, (Mgh,) and Az, (TA,) a cracking in several places (تَشَقُّقٌ) of the skin, from cold or some other cause, in the hands or arms, and the face: (Mgh, TA:) or it signifies also any crack, or slit, in the skin, from disease: (M, TA:) As says that it is in the hand or arm, and the foot or leg, of a human being, and in the fore leg and kind leg of an animal: (Mgh, TA:) but this is inconsistent with what is said by Yaakoob [as stated voce شَقٌّ, first sentence]. (Mgh.) See also أَسْعَدُ: and شَرَجٌ.

شَقِيقٌ: see شِقٌّ, in five places. b2: شَقِيقُ البَرْقِ [so in a copy of the M, but the right reading may be شَقِيقَةُ البَرْقِ, which occurs in the next sentence of the M,] i. q. عَقِيقَتُهُ [expl. in the S, in art. خفو, as meaning Lightning that cleaves the clouds, and extends high, into the midst of the sky, without going to the right and left: but see شَقِيقَةٌ]. (M.) A2: Also A calf that has become firm, or strong: (O, K:) and applied likewise to (assumed tropical:) a man [that has become so; by way of comparison]: (O:) or a bull such as is termed جَذَعٌ [i. e. in his second, or third, year]. (JK.) شَقُوقَةٌ A certain bird; also called ↓ شَقِيقَةٌ: (M, K:) and ↓ شُقَيِّقَةٌ is the dim. thereof: (K:) AHát says, the ↓ شَقُوقَة is a very little thing, grayish (زُرَيْقَآءُ), of the colour of ashes; ten and fifteen of what are thus called congregate; and I think it to be the ↓ شُقَيِّقَة, which is a دُخَّلَة of the دُخَّل [q. v.]; it is somewhat dusky; and its form is the form of these, but it is smaller than they: it is called ↓ شُقَيِّقَة becanse of its smallness: IDrd, in the class of فُعَيْعِل, mentions ↓ الشُّقَيِّقُ as signifying a certain species of birds [app. as a coll. gen. n., of which the n. un. is with ة]. (O, TA.) شَقِيقَةٌ [accord. to Golius, A fissure; as from the KL; but not so expl. in my copy of that work. b2: ] An intervening space or tract between two elongated, or extended, tracts of sand, (S, M, * O, K, * [in the last of which الجَبَلَيْنِ is erroneously put for الجَبْلَيْنِ,]) thus expl. to AHn by an Arab of the desert, (TA,) producing herbage: (S, M, O, K:) or a rugged tract between two elongated, or extended, tracts of sand, producing good herbage; (M, TA;) so in the T, as expl. to its author by an Arab of the desert: (TA:) pl. شَقَائِقُ, (T, S, O, K, TA,) expl. by some as meaning sands themselves: (TA:) or a great piece of sand: or a piece of sand between two pieces thereof. (Ham p. 282.) b3: [In the A and TA voce قِطُّ, it is used as meaning A slice cut off of a melon &c.]

A2: A rain, (M,) or a violent rain, consisting of large drops, (K, TA,) wide in extent: so called because the clouds cleave asunder from it: (M, K, TA:) pl. as above. (TA.) b2: The pl., شَقَائِقُ, is expl. by Az as signifying Clouds that have cloven asunder with copious rains. (O, TA.) b3: شَقِيقَةُ بَرْقٍِ, (O, K,) and عَقِيقَتُهُ, both as expl. by Aboo-Sa'eed, (O,) A flash of lightning that has spread (O, K) in the horizon, (O,) or from the horizon: (K: [but see شَقِيقُ البَرْقِ:]) or شَقِيقَةٌ signifies a flash of lightning that has spread in the breadth of the clouds, and filled the sky: pl. as above. (Ham p. 557.) A3: A headache, (JK, T, TA,) or a pain, (S, O, K,) or a certain disease, (M,) in the half of the head, (JK, T, S, M, O, K,) [i. e. hemicrania,] and of the face: (JK, T, S, O, K:) or, accord. to IAth, a sort of headache in the fore part of the head and towards the sides thereof. (TA.) A4: شَقَائِقُ النُّعْمَانِ, used alike as sing. and pl., (S, O, K,) having no proper sing., (Msb,) or its sing. is شَقِيقَةٌ; (M, O, Msb;) [The red, or blood-coloured, anemone;] a certain plant; (M;) a certain red flower; (Lth, O;) well known; (S, K;) the شَقِر; (Msb;) or, as AHn says, on the authority of AA and Aboo-Nasr and others, it is the شَقِرَة [n. un. of شَقِرٌ]; and the sing. of شقائق is شَقِيقَةٌ: (O, TA:) it is called شقائق النعمان because of its redness, as being likened to the شَقِيقَة of lightning: (M, K:) or from النُّعْمَان as meaning “ blood,” as resembling blood in colour; (Msb, TA;) so that it signifies “ pieces of blood: ” (TA:) or in relation to En-Noamán Ibn-El-Mundhir, because he prohibited to the public a piece of land in which it abounded: (S, K, TA:) or because he alighted upon شَقَائِق of sand that had produced red شَقِر, and he deemed them beautiful, and commanded that they should be prohibited to the public; so the شَقِر were called the شقائق of En-Noamán, by the name of the place of their growth. (TA.) A5: See also شَقُوقَةٌ.

شُقَيِّقٌ, and with ة: see شَقُوقَةٌ, in four places.

شَقَّاقٌ, meaning One who glories, or boasts, vainly, and praises himself for that which is not in him, is not of the [classical] language of the Arabs. (L, TA.) شَقِّىٌّ A horse with which his rider ex-periences difficulty in striving to master him. (JK.) شِقِّيَّةٌ A certain mode of جِمَاع, (K, TA,) in which the woman lies upon her شِقّ [or side]. (TA.) شِقْشِقَةٌ [The bursa faucium, or faucial bag, which is placed behind the palate of the he-camel, and which, when excited, he inflates, and blows out from the side of his mouth;] a thing resembling the lungs, or lights, which the he-camel protrudes from his mouth when he is excited by lust; (S, O, K;) a skin in the fauces of the Arabian camel, which he inflates with wind, and in which he brays; whereupon it appears from the side of his mouth; so says En-Nadr; and he adds that it does not pertain to any but the Arabian camel, [as is said in the M, and] as Hr says; but this requires consideration; (TA;) [also expl. as] the لَهَاة [q. v.] of the he-camel, (M, and Har p. 16,) which he protrudes from his mouth when he brays: (Har ubi suprá:) pl. شَقَاشِقُ. (TA.) b2: To this is likened the tongue of the chaste, or eloquent, and able speaker; himself being likened to the braying stallion-camel: (O:) and hence they say of an orator, or a preacher, that he is ذُو شِقْشِقَةٍ: (S:) one says likewise of an orator, or a preacher, that is loud in voice and skilful in speech, هُوَ أَهْرَتُ الشِقْشِقَةِ [lit. He is wide, or ample, in respect of the شقشقة]: (TA:) and one says, هَدَرَتْ شِقْشِقَتُهُ (assumed tropical:) [meaning His utterance was sonorous and fluent]. (A and TA in art. هدر.) Orators, or preachers, are also termed شَقَاشِق [for ذَوُو شَقَاشِقَ]: and one says, فُلَانٌ شِقْشِقَةُ قَوْمِهِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one is the noble, and the chaste in speech, or eloquent, of his people. (M.) And in a trad. of 'Omar, (M, O, TA,) accord. to A'Obeyd and others, or of 'Alee accord. to Hr, (TA,) شَقَاشِق are assigned to the Devil, in his saying, إِنَّ كَثِيرًا مِنَ الخُطَبِ مِنْ شَقَاشِقِ الشَّيْطَانِ [lit. Verily many of the orations, or harangues, are from the شقاشق of the Devil]; because of the lying introduced into them. (M, O, * TA. *) الخُطْبَةُ الشِّقْشِقِيَّةُ an appellation applied to a certain خُطْبَة [i. e. oration, or harangue, or sermon,] of 'Alee, because of his saying to Ibn-'Abbás, (O, K,) on his having cut short his speech, (O,) in reply to a remark of the latter person upon his not having continued his speech uninterruptedly, تِلْكَ شِقْشِقَةٌ هَدَرَتْ ثُمَّ قَرَّتْ [That was a شقشقة that uttered a braying, then became still]. (O, K.) شَاقٌّ Difficult, hard, distressing, grievous, afflicting, troubling, molesting, fatiguing, or wearying. (KL.) One says أَمْرٌ شَاقٌّ [An affair, or event, that is difficult, &c.]; from شَقَّ عَلَيْنَا الأَمْرُ. (Msb.) And شُقَّةٌ شَاقَّةٌ (S, Msb) A long journey [that is difficult, &c.]. (Msb.) شافَّةٌ The spadix of a palm-tree, that has become a span in length; so called because it cleaves the envelope: pl. شَوَاقُّ. (M.) أَشَقُّ, (S, M, O, K,) fem. شَقَّآءُ, and pl. شُقٌّ, (K,) applied to a horse, Wide between the hind legs: (IAar, Th, T, O, * K, * TA:) and the fem. signifies wide in the أَرْفَاغ [or groins, or similar parts]; (TA;) and is applied to a mare: (IDrd, O, TA:) and wide in the vulva; (IAar, O, K;) applied in this sense to a woman. (IAar, O, TA.) and أَشَقُّ المَنْخِرَيْنِ, applied to a horse, Wide in the nostrils. (Lth, O, TA.) b2: Also, (O, K,) Tall, or long; (T, S, M, O, K;) applied to a horse; (T, S, M, K;) thus expl. by As; (T, TA;) and so too applied to a man: (M, TA:) and the fem., as above, applied to a mare. (S.) b3: And, applied to a horse, That goes to the right and left in his running, (JK, * O, K, TA, [in the CK, يَسْبِقُ is erroneously put for يَشْتَقُّ, and in like manner in my MS. copy of the K, with the additional mistranscription of من عَدْوِهِ for فِى عَدْوِهِ,]) as though (O, TA) leaning upon one of his sides: (JK, O, TA:) so says Lth; and he cites as an ex., وَتَبَازَيْتُ كَمَا يَمْشِى الأَشَقُّ [as though meaning And I moved my posteriors in walking, like as goes the horse that inclines to the right and left in his running: but this may be rendered and I stepped wide, like as does the tall, or long-bodied, horse]. (O, TA.) مَشَقٌّ [properly A place of cleaving, splitting, &c.: and hence a fissure, cleft, &c., like شَقٌّ: pl. مَشَاقُّ]: see شَقٌّ. b2: مَشَقُّ العَيْنِ [The slit of the eye]. (TA in art. حوص.) مَشَقَّةٌ [said in the S and K to be an inf. n. of شَقَّ trans. by means of عَلَى]: see شِقٌّ, in the last quarter of the paragraph, in two places.

شبر

1 شَبَرَ, aor. ـُ (S, A, Msb) and شَبِرَ, (S,) inf. n. شَبْرٌ; (IAar, S, Msb, K;) and ↓ شبّر, inf. n. تَشْبِيرٌ; (IAar, K;) He measured by the شِبْر [or span] (IAar, S, A, Msb, K) a garment, or piece of cloth, (S, K,) or a thing: (A, Msb:) from الشِّبْرُ; like as one says بُعْتُهُ from البَاعُ. (S.) مَنْ لَكَ أَنْ تَشْبُرَ البَسِيطَةَ (tropical:) [Who will be guarantee for thee that thou wilt measure the earth with thy span?] is a prov. applied to him who imposes upon himself that which he is unable to accomplish. (A, TA.) b2: شَبَرَ المَرْأَةَ, inf. n. as above, (assumed tropical:) He compressed the woman. (TA.) b3: شَبَرَهُ, (ISk, S, A,) aor. ـُ and شَبِرَ, (TA,) inf. n. as above; (S, K;) and ↓ اشبرهُ, (S, A,) inf. n. إِشْبَارٌ; (K;) and ↓ شبّرهُ, inf. n. تَشْبِيرٌ; (TS, TA;) He gave him (ISk, S, A, TS, K *) wealth, or property, (ISk, S, A,) or a sword, (ISk, S,) or a coat of mail. (S, IB.) A2: شَبِرَ, aor. ـَ He exulted; or exulted greatly, or excessively; and behaved insolently and unthankfully, or ungratefully. (TS, K, TA.) 2 شَبَّرَ see 1, in two places. b2: Also شبّرهُ, (AHeyth, K,) inf. n. تَشْبِيرٌ, (AHeyth, TA,) He magnified him, or honoured him; namely, a man: (AHeyth, K, TA:) and made him a near companion, a familiar, or a favourite. (AHeyth, TA.) 4 اشبر He (a man) begat children tall in the أَشْبَار, i. e. statures: and he begat children short therein. (IAar, TA.) A2: اشبرهُ: see 1.5 تشبّر He was, or became, magnified, or honoured: and made a near companion, a familiar, or a favourite. (AHeyth, TA.) 6 تشابرا They (two bodies of men, S) drew near, each to the other: (S, K:) as though they became a span (شِبْر) distant, one from the other; or as though each extended the span to the other. (S.) شَبْرٌ The measure [of the width (see ذِرَاعٌ)], by the span, of a garment, or piece of cloth: so in the saying, كَمْ شَبْرُ ثَوْبِكَ [How much is the measure of the width, by the span, of thy garment, or piece of cloth?]. (Msb.) b2: Stature; (Fr, K;) and so ↓ شِبْرَةٌ; whether short or tall: (TA:) pl. [app. of the latter] أَشْبَارٌ. (IAar, TA.) You say, مَا أَطْوَلَ شَبْرَهُ How tall is his stature! (TA.) b3: Life, or age; as also ↓ شِبْرٌ. (TS, K.) Thus in the saying, قَصَّرَ اللّٰهُ شَبْرَهُ and ↓ شِبْرَهُ [May God shorten, or God shortened, his life]. (TS, TA.) b4: (tropical:) The act of giving: (A, IAth:) like as بَاعٌ and يَدٌ are said for “generosity.” (A.) b5: See also شَبَرٌ, in two places. b6: (assumed tropical:) The due for marriage, and for concubitus; (Sh, S, * K; *) such as what are termed مَهْرٌ and عُقْرٌ. (Sh, TA.) You say, أَعْطَيْتُ الَرْأَةَ شَبْرَهَا I gave the woman her due for marriage, or for concubitus. (S.) b7: (assumed tropical:) The hire that is given for the stallion-camel's covering of the female. (IAar, T, S, Msb, K. *) The taking of this is forbidden. (T, S, Msb.) b8: (tropical:) Marriage: (IAth, K:) because it is accompanied by a gift. (IAth, TA.) بَارَكَ اللّٰهُ فِى شَبْرِكُمَا May God bless your marriage is a saying mentioned in a trad. (IAth, TA.) شِبْرٌ A span; the space between the extremity of the thumb and that of the little finger (Msb, K) when extended apart in the usual manner: (Msb:) of the masc. gender: (K:) pl. أَشْبَارٌ, (S, Msb, K,) the only pl. form. (Sb.) [See also بُصْمٌ, and ذِرَاعٌ.] [Hence,] قَصِيرُ الشِّبْرِ (applied to a man, S) (tropical:) Contracted, or short, in make: (S, A, K:) or, accord. to some of the lexicons, in step. (TA.) b2: [As a measure in astronomy, it is said in several of the law-books to be The twelfth part of the رُمْح; and therefore twentytwo minutes and a half, accord. to modern usage: but there is reason to believe that ancient usage differed from the modern with respect to both of these measures, and was not precise nor uniform. See رُمْحٌ.] b3: قِبَالُ الشِّبْرِ (assumed tropical:) The serpent: (IAar, K:) and so قِبَالُ الشِّسْعِ. (IAar, TA.) b4: See also شَبْرٌ, in two places.

شَبَرٌ (tropical:) A gift; (S Mgh, K, TA;) as also ↓ شَبْرٌ (Mgh, TA) and ↓ شِبْرَةٌ: (IAar, TA:) and wealth, or the like; syn. خَيْرٌ: (K:) the first is a word similar to خَبَطٌ and نَفَضٌ; and he who says that it is used by poetic license for شَبْرٌ [as it is said to be in the S] is in error: ↓ شَبْرٌ and شَبَرٌ are said to be two dial. vars., like قَدْرٌ and قَدَرٌ. (TA.) b2: Also A certain thing which the Christians give, one to another, (يَتَعَاطَاهُ النَّصَارَى, K, TA, َبعْضُهُمْ لِبَعْض ٍ, TA,) like the قُرْبَان [or Eucharist], (K, TA,) seeking to ingratiate themselves thereby: (TA:) or the Eucharist (قُرْبَان) itself: (K:) or a thing which the Christians give (تُعْطِيهِ), one to another, as though seeking to ingratiate themselves thereby: (Kh, Sgh, TA:) or (TA, in the K “and”) bodies: and powers, or faculties: (K, TA:) or (TA, in the K “and”) the Gospel. (K, TA.) شِبْرَةٌ: see شَبْرٌ: b2: and see also شَبَرٌ.

شَبُّورٌ A trumpet; syn. بُوقٌ; (S, K;) a certain thing in which one blows: (Mgh:) said to be an arabicized word; (S;) not genuine Arabic: (Mgh, TA:) accord. to IAth, it is Hebrew: (TA:) [app. from the Hebr.

שׁוֹפָּר, as observed by Golius.] b2: See also أُشْبُورٌ.

رَجُلٌ شَابِرُ المِيزَانِ (assumed tropical:) A man that is a thief. (Sgh, K.) أَشْبَرُ Wider in span; syn. أَوْسَعُ شِبْرًا. (A, TA.) So in the saying, هُوَ أَشْبَرُ مِنْ صَاحِبِهِ [He is wider in span than his companion]. (A.) أُشْبُورٌ A certain fish; (K;) called by the vulgar ↓ شَبُّور. (TA.) مَشْبَرٌ sing. of مَشَابِرُ, (TA,) which signifies Certain notches (حُزُوزٌ [pl. of حَزٌّ, in the CK erroneously written خُوُوْزٌ,]) in the cubit, by means of which buying and selling are transacted: (K, TA:) of them is the notch (حَزّ) of the span, and the notch of the half of the span, and of the quarter thereof: every notch of these, small or great, is termed مَشْبَرٌ: mentioned by Sgh, from Aboo-Sa'eed. (TA.) A2: مَشَابِرُ also signifies Rivers, or rivulets, (أَنْهَار,) that are depressed, so that the water comes to them from several places, (K, TA,) of such as overflows from the lands: (TA:) pl. of مَشْبَرٌ and ↓ مَشْبَرَةٌ. (K, TA.) مَشْبَرَةٌ: see what next precedes.

مَشْبُورَةٌ A liberal, bountiful, or generous, woman. (IAar, K.)

حس

1 حَسڤ3َحَسَّ, (first Pers\. حَسِسْتُ, or حَسَسْتُ, and حَسِيتُ, and حَسَيْتُ, and حَسْتُ,) as syn. with

أَحَسَّ: see 4, throughout. b2: حَسَّ لَهُ, first Pers\.

حَسَسْتُ, aor. ـِ (S, K;) and first Pers\. حَسِسْتُ, [aor. ـَ (Yaakoob, S, K;) inf. n. حِسٌّ (S, K) and حَسٌّ, (K,) or the latter is inf. n. of both verbs, but the former is a simple subst., (TA,) He was, or became, tender, or compassionate, towards him: (S, K:) [lit., he felt for him:] ISd says that, for رَقَقْتُ لَهُ, the explanation of حسستُ له, he found in the book of Kr the verb written with ف and ق; but that the former [?] is the right: (TA:) or he lamented for him; (Aboo-Málik, TA;) as also لَهُ ↓ حَسْحَسَ. (K, * TA.) The Arabs say, إِنَّ العَامِرِىَّ لَيَحِسُّ لِلسَّعْدِىِّ Verily the 'Ámiree is tender, or compassionate, towards the Saadee; because of the relationship that subsists between them. (TA.) And Abu-l-Jarráh El-'Okeylee said, مَارَأَيْتُ عُقَيْلِيًّا إِلَّا حَسَسْتُ لَهُ I have not seen an 'Okeylee without my feeling tenderness, or compassion, towards him; (S, TA;) for the same reason. (TA.) [See حَاسَّةٌ, second signification.]

A2: حَسَّهُ, [aor. ـُ inf. n. حَسٌّ,] He made his حِسّ [i. e. sound, or motion,] to cease. (Bd in iii. 145.) b2: Hence, (Bd, ubi suprà,) حَسَّهُمْ, aor. ـُ (S, A, Bd, Msb,) inf. n. حَسٌّ, (Msb, K,) [and app., accord. to Fr, حِسٌّ, or this may be a simple subst.,] He slew them: (Bd, Msb, K:) and extirpated them: (K:) or he slew them quickly: (A, TA:) or he extirpated them by slaughter: (Aboo-Is-hák, S:) or he slew them with a quick and extirpating slaughter: or with a vehement slaughter: (TA:) it occurs in the Kur iii. 145: (S, A:) accord. to Fr, حِسٌّ, [so in the TA,] in this instance, is the act of slaying and destroying. (TA.) [Hence, حُسَّ app. signifies It was utterly destroyed, so that nothing was left in the place thereof; and so ↓ احتسّ; for it is said that] حِسٌّ and اِحْتِسَاسٌ, with respect to anything, signify أَنْ لَا يُتْرَكَ فِى

المَكَانِ شَىْءٌ. (TA.) Also حَسَّهُمْ, aor. as above, He trod them under foot, and despised them. (TA.) And حَسَّ البَرْدُ الجَرَادَ The cold killed the locusts. (S.) b3: [Hence,] الجَرَادُ تَحُسُّ الأَرْضَ The locusts eat the herbage of the land. (TA.) and حَسَّ البَرْدُ الكَلَأَ, (S, K,) or الزَّرْعَ, (A,) aor. ـُ (S, TA,) inf. n. حَسٌّ, (TA,) (tropical:) The cold nipped, shrunk, shrivelled, or blasted, (lit., burned, أَحْرَقَ, q. v.,) the herbage, (S, K,) or the seed-produce. (A.) A3: حَسَّ الدَّابَّةَ, (S, TA,) or حَسَّهَا بِالمِحَسَّةِ, (A,) aor. ـُ (S,) inf. n. حَسٌّ, (S, K,) (tropical:) He curried the beast; removed the dust from it with the مِحَسَّة. (S, A, K, TA.) [See a proverb, voce حَشَّ.] Hence the saying of Zeyd Ibn-Soohán, on the day of the battle of the Camel, when he was carried off from the field, about to die, اِدْفِنُونِى فِى ثِيَابِى وَلَا تَحُسُّوا عَنِّى تُرَابًا (tropical:) [Bury ye me in my clothes, and] shake not off any dust from me. (S, TA.) 2 حَسَّسْتُ الشَّىْءَ [a mistake in the CK for حَسَسْتُ]: see 4.4 احسّ الشَّىْءَ, (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِحْسَاسٌ, (Msb,) He perceived, or became sensible of, (وَجَدَ,) the حِسّ (i. e. motion or sound, TA) of the thing: (S, K, TA:) he knew the thing by means of [any of] the senses: (IAth, accord. to his explanation of الإِحْسَاسُ as signifying العِلْمُ بِالحَوَاسِّ:) he ascertained the thing as one ascertains a thing that is perceived by the senses: (Bd in iii. 45:) he knew the thing; or he perceived it by means of any of the senses; syn. عَلِمَ بِهِ, (Msb,) and عَلِمَهُ, and عَرَفَهُ, and شَعَرَ بِهِ; (TA;) as also ↓ حَسَّهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. حَسٌّ and حِسٌّ and حَسِيسٌ; (TA, in explanation of the saying in the K that حَسَسْتُ الشَّىْءَ [in the CK erroneously ↓ حَسَّسْتُ] signifies the same as أَحْسَسْتُهُ;) and in like manner احسّ بِهِ is syn. with شَعَرَ بِهِ; (L, Msb;) and so is بِهِ ↓ حَسَّ, aor. ـُ inf. n. حِسٌّ (L, Msb) and حَسٌّ and حَسِيسٌ; (L;) or حِسٌّ is a simple subst.: (M, L:) accord. to Fr, إِحْسَاسٌ is syn. with وُجُودٌ; and Zj says that the meaning of احسّ is عَلِمَ and وَجَدَ: (TA:) or احسّ signifies he perceived, or became sensible of; syn. وَجَدَ: and he thought, or opined: (Akh, S, K:) and he saw; syn. أَبْصَرَ: and he knew: (K:) and is trans. in these senses by itself, (Akh, S,) or by means of بِ: (TA:) and أَحْسَسْتُ بِهِ signifies I knew it certainly; was certain, or sure, of it; (S;) as also به ↓ حَسِسْتُ, (S, K,) with kesr; (K;) speaking of news, or tidings: (S:) and for أَحْسَسْتُ, some say أَحْسَيْتُ, (S, Msb, K,) changing the [second] س into ى; (S, Msb;) and أَحَسْتُ, (T, S, L, K,) with a single س, which is an extr. kind of contraction, (S, K,) but made in all other similar cases, where the last radical letter is quiescent; (Sb, L, TA;) and [thus] for أَحْسَسْنَ, we find أَحَسْنَ; (S;) and in like manner, for ↓ حَسِسْتُ, (S, K,) or ↓ حَسَسْتُ, (Msb,) some say حَسِيتُ, (T, S, M, L,) and حَسَّيْتُ, (M, L, Msb, K, [in the CK حَسْتُ, which is the modern vulgar form,]) and حَسْتُ. (Abu-l-Hasan, IAar, T, M, L.) You say, احسّهُ بِعَيْنِهِ [He perceived him, or it, with his eye]; (Ibn-Zekereeyà, TA in art. جس;) and so ↓ حَسَّهُ. (Sgh, TA ibid.) [In the present art. in the TA, it is said that حَسَّهُ بالنصل is syn. with أَحَسَّهُ: but بالنّصل is evidently a mistranscription for بِالبَصَرِ.] And it is said in the Kur [iii. 45], فَلَمَّا أَحَسَّ عِيسَى مِنْهُمُ الكُفْرَ And when Jesus ascertained their unbelief as one ascertains a thing that is perceived by the senses: (Bd:) or opined it; or perceived it, or became sensible of it: (Akh, S:) or saw it: (Lh, TA:) or knew it, or perceived it sensibly. (Msb.) And in the same [xix. last verse], هَلْ تُحِسُّ مِنْهُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ Dost thou see of them any one? (TA.) You say also, هَلْ أَحْسَسْتَ الخَبَرَ Hast thou known the news? (TA.) And أَحْسَسْتُ بِالخَبَرِ, and أَحْسَيْتُ بِهِ, and به ↓ حَسِسْتُ, and حَسِيتُ به, I knew the news certainly. (S.) And أَحْسَسْتُ الخَبَرَ, and أَحَسْتُهُ, and ↓ حَسِيتُهُ, and حَسْتُهُ, I knew somewhat of the news. (T, L, TA.) And مَا أَحْسَسْتُ بِاخَبَرِ, and اَحَسْتُ بِه. مَا, and به ↓ ما حَسِيتُ, and ما حَسْتُ, I knew not aught of the news. (T, L, TA.) 5 تحسّس He listened to the discourse of people: (El-Harbee, K:) accord. to Aboo-Mo'ádh, it is (??) to تَسَمَّعَ and تَبَصَّرَ: (TA:) or he sought repeatedly, or time after time, to know a thing, by the sense (الحاسة) [of hearing &c.]: (Har p. 678:) or (so accord. to the TA, but in the K “ and,”) he sought after, (Msb, K.) or sought after repeatedly, or time after time, (Msb,) news, or tidings, of a people, in a good cause; (K;) تجسّس signifying the doing the same in an evil cause: A'Obeyd says, you say, تَحَسَّسْتُ الخَبَرَ and تَجَسَّسْتُهُ; and Sh says that تَنَدَّسْتُهُ is similar to it; and IAar, that تَحَسَّسْتُ الخَبَرَ and تَبَجَّسْتُهُ [but this is app. a mistranscription for تَبَحَّثْتُهُ] signify the same. (TA.) You say also, تحسّس مِنَ الشَّيْءِ He asked, or inquired, after news, or tidings, of the thing. (S, TA.) And تحسّس فُلَانًا, and مِنْ فُلَانٍ, He inquired, or sought for information, respecting such a one; as also تجسّس: or the former signifies he sought after him for himself; and the latter, “he sought after him for another. ” (TA, art. جس.) The passage in which it occurs in the Kur xii. 87, has been differently interpreted, accord. to the several explanations here given. (TA.) A2: See also 7.7 انحسّ (assumed tropical:) It became pulled out or up or off; became eradicated, or displaced; fell, or came, out; syn. اِنْقَلَعَ: (S, K:) it fell; fell off; or fell continuously, by degrees, or one part after another; syn. تَحَاتَّ, (S, K,) and تَسَاقَطَ: (A, TA:) it broke in pieces: (TA:) said by Az to be a dial. var. of انْحَتَّ. (TA.) You say, انحسّت

أَسْنَانُهُ (S, TA) (tropical:) His teeth fell, or came, out, (انقلعت,) and broke in pieces. (TA.) and اِنحسّ شَعَرُهُ (tropical:) His hair fell off continuously. (A.) And in like manner, أَوْبَارُ الإِبِلِ ↓ تَحَسَّسَتْ, (TA,) and ↓ تَحَسْحَسَتْ, (K, TA,) (tropical:) The fur of the camels fell off continuously, and became scattered. (K, * TA.) 8 احتسّ: see حَسَّهُ.

R. Q. 1 حَسْحَسَ لَهُ: see حَسَّ لَهُ.

R. Q. 2 تَحَسْحَسَتْ أَوْبَارُ الإِبِلِ: see 7.

حِسٌّ [accord. to some, a subst. from 1, q. v., in several senses explained above; but accord. to others, an inf. n. As a simple subst., it is often used as syn. with حَاسَّةٌ in the first of the senses assigned to the latter below; i. e., A sense; a faculty of sense; as, for instance, in the K in art. سمع. b2: Hence الحِسُّ المُشْتَرَكُ: see art. شرك].

A2: A sound: (K:) or a low, faint, gentle, or soft, sound; as also ↓ حَسِيسٌ: (S, Mgh, Msb, TA:) [in the present day it often signifies the voice of a man or woman; and particularly when soft:] a plaintive voice or sound, in singing or weeping, and such as that of a lute; syn. رَنَّهٌ: (TA:) or ↓ حَسِيسٌ, [or both,] the sound by which a thing is perceived: (Bd in xxi. 102:) and the former, motion: (K:) and the passing of anything near by one, so that he hears it without seeing it; as also ↓ حَسِيسٌ. (K TA.) It is said in the Kur [xxi. 102], ↓ لَا يَسْمَعُونَ حَسِيسَهَا They shall not hear its low sound: (S:) [meaning, that of hellfire:] or the sound by which it shall be perceived: (Bd:) or the motion of its flaming. (TA.) and in a trad., فَسَمِعَ حِسَّ حَيَّةٍ And he heard the motion, and the sound of the passing along, of a serpent. (TA.) And you say, مَا سَمِعَ لَهُ حِسًّا وَلَا جِرْسًا He heard not any motion, nor any sound, of him, or it. (TA.) It may refer to a man and to other things; as, for instance, wind. (TA.) A3: A pain which attacks a woman after childbirth, (S, A, K,) in the womb: (A:) or the pain of childbirth, when the latter is [first] felt: but the former meaning is confirmed by a trad. (TA.) b2: حشسُّ الحُمَّى The commencement of fever, when the latter is [first] felt; (TA;) as also ↓ حِسَاسُهَا: (Lh, TA:) or حِسٌّ signifies a touch, or slight affection, of fever, at its very commencement. (TA.) A4: Cold that nips, shrinks, shrivels, or blasts, (lit., burns, يُحْرقُ, for which, in the TA, is substituted يَقْطَعُ,) the herbage. (S, K.) [See also حَاسَّةٌ.]

حَسَاسٌ, with fet-h, Perception by means of any of the senses; syn. وُجُودٌ. (L, TA.) Hence the proverb, لَا حَسَاسَ مِنِ ابْنَىْ مَوْقِدٍ [There is no perceiving of the two sons of the place of the kindling of fire]: (L, TA:) for they say that two men used to kindle a fire in a road, and, when people passed by them, to entertain them as guests; and a party passing by when they had gone, a man said these words. (L.) And hence the saying, ذَهَبَ فُلَانٌ فَلَا حَسَاسَ بِهِ Such a one has gone, and there is no perceiving him: or there is no perceiving his place. (TA.) حِسَاسُ الحُمَّى: see حِسٌّ.

سَنَةٌ حَسُوسٌ A year of severe sterility and drought; (S, K; *) in which is little good fortune; (TA;) as also ↓ حَاسُوسٌ: (K:) or a year that consumes everything. (TA.) حَسِيسٌ: see حِسٌّ, in four places.

A2: Slain; killed. (S, Msb.) حِسِّىٌّ [Relating to sense; sensible, or perceptible by sense;] opposed to مَعْنَوِيٌّ. (Kull p. 101 &c.) حَسَّاسٌ Having strong perception: an epithet applied in this sense to the devil. (TA.) b2: رَجُلٌ حَسَّاسٌ للْأَخْبَارِ A man having much knowledge of news. (Msb.) b3: القُوَّةُ الحَسَّاسَةٌ [The sensitive faculty]. (Er-Rághib, TA in art. حى.) حَاسُوسٌ One who searches for news or tidings; (TA;) like جَاسُوسٌ: (K, TA:) or the former relates to good, and the latter to evil. (K, TA.) A2: Unfortunate; unlucky; (IAar, K;) as also ↓ مَحْسُوسٌ; (Lh, TA;) applied to a man. (IAar, K.) b2: See also حَسُوسٌ.

حَاسَّةٌ sing. of حَوَاسُّ, (A, Msb, K,) which signifies The five senses; (S, Msb;) the hearing, the sight, the smell, the taste, and the touch: (S, Msb, K:) these are the external: the internal are also five; but authors disagree respecting the seats thereof. (TA.) [See also حِسٌّ.] b2: [A feeling; as in the saying,] أَطَّتْ لَهُ مِنِّى حَاسَّةُ رَحِمٍ [A feel-ling of relationship, or consanguinity, pleaded for him on my part]. (Aboo-Málik, TA.) b3: [An organ of sense; as when you say,] العَيْنُ حَاسَّةُ الرُّؤْيَةِ [العين is the organ of the sense of sight]. (S in art. عين.) A2: [حَاسَّةٌ also signifies (assumed tropical:) A thing that destroys, consumes, or injures, herbage or the like. Hence,] حَوَاسٌ الأَرْضِ Cold and hail [in one copy of the S heat] and wind and locusts and the beasts [that pasture]: (S, K:) these also being five. (S.) You say, أَصَابَتِ الأَرْضَ حَاسَّةٌ (assumed tropical:) Cold smote the land: (Lh, TA:) the ة is to denote intensiveness. (TA.) [See also حِسٌّ, last signification.] And أَصَابَتْهُمْ حَاسَّةٌ (tropical:) Injury befell them (S, TA) from cold (S, A, TA) or some other cause. (S.) حَاسَّةٌ also signifies (assumed tropical:) Wind that removes the dust into the pools of water left by torrents, and fills them, so that the moist earth dries up. (AHn, TA.) And (assumed tropical:) Locusts eating the herbage of the land. (TA.) You say also, مَرَّتْ بِالقَوْمِ حَوَاسُّ, meaning (assumed tropical:) Severe years passed over the people. (Lh, TA.) البَرْدُ مَحَسَّةٌ لِلْكَلَأ, (S, TA,) and لِلنَّبَاتِ, (A, TA,) (tropical:) The cold is a cause of nipping, shrinking, shrivelling, or blasting, (lit., of burning, see 1,) to the herbage. (S, TA.) مِحَسَّةٌ (tropical:) A currycomb; syn. فِرْجَونٌ; (S, A, * K;) it is an instrument of iron, having teeth like the مُشْط. (TA in art. نمص.) مَحْسُوسٌ pass. part. n. of 1, q. v. b2: [As a subst. it means A thing perceived by any of the senses; an object of sense: pl. مَحْسُوسَاتٌ.] b3: الطَّرِيقُ المَحْسُوسَةُ [lit., The way that is sensibly perceived; app., the milky way in the sky: or] the tract in the sky along which (مِنْهَا) the [wandering] stars [or planets] take their courses. (TA voce المَجَرَّةُ.) A2: أَرْضٌ مَحْسُوسَةٌ (assumed tropical:) Land smitten by locusts. (TA.) A3: See also حَاسُوسٌ.

بين

1 بَانَ, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) [aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنُونَةٌ and بُيُونٌ (M, Mgh, K) and بَيْنٌ, (M, K,) It (a thing) became separated, severed, disunited, or cut off, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) عَنِ الشَّىْءِ from the thing. (Mgh.) And بَانَتْ, (M, K,) or بَانَتْ بِالطَّلَاقِ, (Msb,) She (a wife) became separated by divorce, (M, Msb, K,) عَنِ الرَّجُلِ from the man. (M, K.) And بَانَتٌ said of a girl, [She became separated from her parents by marriage;] she married: (ISh, T:) as though she became at a distance from the house of her father. (ISh, TA.) And بَانَ, (M,) or بَانَ بِمَالٍ, aor. ـِ (T,) inf. n. بُيُونٌ (T, M) and بَيْنٌ, (M,) He became separated from his father, or mother, or both, by property [which he received from him, or her, or them,] (Az, T, M,) to be his alone: (Az, T:) and ElFárisee states, on the authority of Az, that one] says also, بَانَ عَنْهُ and بَانَهُ [the former app. meaning he became separated thus from him, i. e., from his father; and the latter being syn. with

أَبَانَهُ, q. v.]. (M.) And بَانَ الخَلِيطُ, inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, [The partner, or copartner, or sharer, &c., became separated from the person, or persons, with whom he had been associated.] (T.) and بَانَتْ يَدُ النَّاقَةِ عَنْ جَنْبِهَا, inf. n. بُيُونٌ, [The fore leg of the she-camel became withdrawn, or apart, from her side.] (T.) And بَانَ, (S, M, Msb,) and بَانُوا, (K,) aor. ـِ (S,) inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) He separated himself, or it separated itself; (S; [in one copy of which it is said of a thing;]) and they separated themselves: (K:) or it (a tribe, M, Msb) went, journeyed, went away, or departed; and went, removed, retired, or withdrew itself, to a distance, or far away, or far off. (Msb.) b2: بَانَ, (T, S, M, &c.,) aor. ـِ (T, Msb,) inf. n. بَيَانٌ; (T, S, Mgh, K;) and ↓ ابان, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (T, Msb;) and ↓ بيّن, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ; (S;) and ↓ تبيّن; and ↓ استبان; (T, S, M, &c.,) all signify the same; (T, M, Msb;) i. e. It (a thing, T, S, M, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) was, or became, [distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Mgh, Msb, K:) and it was, or became, known. (K.) You say, بَانَ الحَقُّ [The truth became apparent, &c.; or known]; as also ↓ ابان. (T.) and الصُّبْحُ لِذِى عَيْنَيْنِ ↓ قَدْ بَيَّنَ The dawn has become apparent to him who has two eyes: a prov.: (S, M:) applied to a thing that becomes altogether apparent, or manifest. (Har p. 542.) And it is said in the Kur [ii. 257], الرُّشْدُ مِنَ الغَىِّ ↓ قَدْ تَبَيَّنَ [The right belief hath become distinguished from error]. (TA.) and the lawyers, correctly, use the phrase, كَصَوْتٍ لَا مِنْهُ حُرُوفٌ ↓ يَسْتَبِينُ [Like a sound whereof letters are not distinguishable]. (Mgh.) b3: [It seems to be indicated in the TA that بَانَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, also signifies It was, or became, united, or connected; thus having two contr. meanings; but I have not found the verb used in this sense, though بَيْنٌ signifies both disunion and union.]

A2: بَانَهُ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ: see بَانَهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بَوْنٌ, in art. بون.

A3: See also 2, in two places.2 بيّن, intrans., inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ: see 1, in two places. b2: You say also, بيّن الشَّجَرُ The trees, (K,) or the leaves of the trees, (TA,) appeared, when beginning to grow forth. (K, TA.) and بيّن القَرْنُ (tropical:) The horn came forth. (K, TA.) A2: بيّن بِنْتَهُ: see 4. b2: بيّنهُ, (T, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ (T, S) and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ (T, S, * K *) and تَبْيَانٌ; (K;) the second of which three is an anomalous inf. n., (T, S, K,) for by rule it should be of the measure تَفْعَالٌ; (T, S;) but تَبْيَانٌ is not known except accord. to the opinion of those who allow the authority of analogy, which opinion is outweighed by the contrary; (TA;) and تِبْيَانٌ is the only inf. n. of its measure except تِلْقَآءٌ, (T, S,) accord. to the generality of the leading authorities; but some add تِمْثَالٌ, as inf. n. of مَثَّلَ; and El-Hareeree adds to these two, in the Durrah, تِنْضَالٌ, as inf. n. of نَاضَلَهُ; and Esh-Shiháb adds, in the Expos. of the Durrah, تِشْرَابٌ, as inf. n. of شَرِبَ الخَمْرَ; asserting تَشْرَابٌ also to have been heard, agreeably with analogy; [and to these may be added تَبْكَآءٌ and تِمْشَآءٌ, and perhaps some other instances of the same kind;] but some disallow تِفْعَالٌ altogether as the measure of an inf. n., saying that the words transmitted as instances thereof are simple substs. used as inf. ns., like طَعَامٌ in the place of إِطْعَامٌ; (MF, TA;) and Sb says that تِبْيَانٌ is not an inf. n.; for, where it so, it would be تَبْيَانٌ; but it is, from بَيَّنْتُ, like غَارَةٌ from أَغَرْتُ; (M, TA;) [He made it distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] he made it (namely, a thing, T, S, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ ابانهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (Msb;) and ↓ تبيّنهُ; (S, * Msb, K;) and ↓ استبانهُ: (Mgh, Msb, K:) [بيّنهُ is the most common in this sense: and often signifies he explained it: and he proved it:] and ↓ all these verbs signify also he made it known; he notified it: (K:) or ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies, (S,) or signifies also, (Mgh,) I knew it, or became acquainted with it, [or distinguished it,] (S, Mgh,) clearly, or plainly; (Mgh;) and so ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ; (S, * Mgh;) [and بَيَّنْتُهُ, as appears from an ex. in what follows, from a verse of En-Nábighah:] ↓ بِنْتُهُ and ↓ أَبَنْتُهُ and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ and بَيَّنْتُهُ all signify the same as ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ [app. in all the senses of this verb]: (M:) or, of all these verbs, ↓ بَانَ is only intrans.: (Msb:) and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies I looked at it, or into it, (namely, a thing,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, in order that it might become apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, to me: (T, TA:) and ↓ تبيّنهُ he looked at it, or into it, (namely, an affair, or a case,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, or deliberately, in order to know its real state by the external signs thereof. (T.) A poet says, وَمَا خِفْتُ حَتَّى بَيَّنَ الشِّرْبُ وَالأَذَى

↓ بقَانِئَةٍ أَنِّى مِنَ الحَىِّ أَبْيَنُ [And I feared not until the drinking, or the time of drinking, and molestation, made manifest, or plainly showed, by a deep-red (sun), that I was separated from the tribe: see قَانِئٌ]. (M.) and it is said in the Kur [xvi. 91], وَأَنْزَلْنَا عَلَيْكَ الكِتَابَ تِبْيَانًا لِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ [And we have sent down to thee the Scripture to make manifest everything]; meaning, we make manifest to thee in the Scripture everything that thou and thy people require [to know] respecting matters of religion. (T.) See also بَيَانٌ, in the latter half of the paragraph. En-Nábighah says, إِلَّا الأَوَارِىَّ مَّا أُبَيِّنُهَا [Except the places of the confinement of the beasts: with difficulty did I distinguish them]; meaning ↓ أَتَبَيَّنُهَا. (S.) You say also, مَا ↓ تَبَيَّنَ يَأْتِيهِ, meaning He sought, or endeavoured, to see, or discover, what would happen to him, of good and evil. (M in art. بصر.) [See also 5, below.]

سَبِيلَ المُجْرِمِينَ ↓ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ, in the Kur [vi. 55], means And that thou mayest the more consider, or examine, repeatedly, in order that it may become manifest to thee, the way of the sinners, O Mohammad: (T:) or that thou mayest seek, or endeavour, to see plainly, or clearly, &c.; syn. وَلِتَسْتَوْضِحَ سَبِيلَهُمْ: (Bd:) but most read, وَلِيَسْتَبِينَ سيبلُ المجرمين; the verb in this case being intrans. (T.) 3 باينهُ, (K,) inf. n. مُبَايَنَةٌ, (S,) He separated himself from him; or left, forsook, or abandoned, him: (S, TA:) or he forsook, or abandoned, him, being forsaken, or abandoned, by him; or cut him off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse, being so cut off by him; or cut him, or ceased to speak to him, being in like manner cut by him. (K.) [And It became separated from it.]4 ابان, intrans., inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ: see 1, in two places.

A2: ابانهُ, (inf. n. as above, TA,) He separated it, severed it, disunited it, or cut it off. (M, Msb, K, TA.) You say, ضَرَبَهُ فَأَبَانَ رَأْسَهُ (S, K) He smote him and severed his head, مِنْ جَسَدِهِ from his body. (S, TA.) And ابان المَرْأَةَ He (the husband) separated the woman, or wife, by divorce. (Msb.) And ابان بِنْتَهُ, and ↓ بيّنها, (T, K,) inf. n. of the former as above, and of the latter تَبْيِينٌ, (TA,) He married, or gave in marriage, his daughter, (T, K,) and she went to her husband: (T:) from بَيْنٌ signifying "distance:" as though he removed her to a distance from the house, or tent, of her mother. (TA.) And ابان ابْنَهُ بِمَالٍ, (M,) or ابانهُ أَبَوَاهُ, (T,) He separated from himself his son, (M,) or his two parents separated him from themselves, (T,) by [giving him] property, (T, M,) to be his alone: (T:) mentioned on the authority of Az. (T, M.) And ابان الدَّلْوَ عَنْ طِىِّ البِئْرِ He drew away the bucket from the casing of the well, lest the latter should lacerate the former. (M.) b2: See also 2, in three places. b3: [Hence, ابان signifies also He spoke, or wrote, perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, as to meaning; or, with eloquence: from بَيَانٌ, q. v.] And ابان عَلَيْهِ He spoke perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, and gave his testimony, or evidence, or gave decisive information, against him, or respecting it. (TA.) [The verb thus used is for ابان كَلَامَهُ, and شَهَادَتَهُ.] One says of a drunken man, مَا يُبِينُ كَلَامًا He does not speak plainly, or distinctly; lit., does not make speech plain, or distinct. (Ks, T in art. بت.) b4: [مَا أَبْيَنَهُ How distinct, apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, is it! See an ex. voce بَسُلَ. b5: And How perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, is he in speech, or writing! how good is his بَيَان!]5 تبيّن, intrans.: see 1, in two places.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in seven places. b2: [Hence, الأَمْرَ being understood,] He sought, or sought leisurely or repeatedly, to obtain knowledge [of the thing], until he knew [it]; he examined, scrutinized, or investigated: (Bd in xlix. 6:) he sought, or endeavoured, to make the affair, or case, manifest, and to settle it, or establish it, and was not hasty therein: (Idem in iv. 96:) or he acted, or proceeded, deliberately, or leisurely, in the affair, or case; not hastily: (Ks, TA:) or it has a signification like this: in the Kur ch. iv. v. 96 and ch. xlix. v. 6, some read فَتَبَيَّنُوا, and others فَتَثَبَّتُوا; and the meanings are nearly the same: التَّبَيُّنُ was said by Mohammad to be from God, and العَجَلَةٌ [i. e. "haste"] from the devil. (T.) 6 تباينا They two (namely, two men, and two copartners,) became separated, each from the other: (M, TA:) or they forsook, or abandoned, each other; or cut each other off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, each other. (K.) And تباينوا They, having been together, became separated: (Msb:) or they forsook, or abandoned, one another; or cut one another off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, one another. (S.) b2: [Hence, They two were dissimilar: and they two (namely, words,) were disparate; whether contraries or not: and they two (namely, numbers,) were incommensurable.]10 استبان, intrans.: see 1.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in six places.

بَانٌ a coll. gen. n.: n. un. with ة: see art. بون.

بَيْنٌ has two contr. significations; (T, S, Msb;) one of which is Separation, or disunion [of companions or friends or lovers]. (T, S, M, Msb, K.) Hence, ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning Enmity, and vehement hatred: and the saying لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ, i. e. For the reforming, or amending, of the bad, or corrupt, state subsisting between the people, or company of men; meaning for the allaying of the discord, enmity, rancour, or vehement hatred: (Msb:) [but this has also the contr. meaning, as will be seen below: and it is explained as having a vague import; for it is said that] فِى إِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ means In the reforming, or amending, of the circumstances subsisting between the persons to whom it relates, by frequent attention thereto. (Mgh.) [Hence also,] غُرَابُ البَيْنِ [The raven of separation or disunion; i. e., whose appearance, or croak, is ominous of separation: said by some to be] the غراب termed أَبْقَعُ [i. e. in which is blackness and whiteness; or having whiteness in the breast]; (S, K;) so described by the poet 'Antarah: (S:) or that which is red in the beak and legs; but the black is called الحَاتِمُ, because it makes [or shows] separation to be absolutely unavoidable, (Abu-1-Ghowth, S, K,) according to the assertion of the Arabs, i. e., by its croak: (Msb in art. حتم:) [or it is any species of the corvus:] Hamzeh says, in his Proverbs, that this name attaches to the غراب because, when the people of an abode go away to seek after herbage, it alights in the place of their tents, searching the sweepings: (Har p. 308:) but accord. to the Kádee of Granada, Aboo-'Abd-Allah Esh-Shereef, this appellation, so often occurring in poetry, properly signifies camels that transport people from one district, or country, to another; and he cites the following verses: غَلِطَ الَّذِينَ رَأَيْتُهُمْ بِجَهَالَةٍ

يَلْحَوْنَ كُلُّهُمُ غُرَابًا يَنْعَقُ مَا الذَّنْبُ إِلَّا لِلْأَبَاعِرِ إِنَّهَا مِمَّا يُشَتِّتُ جَمْعَهُمْ وَيُقَرِّقُ

إِنَّ الغُرَابَ بِيُمْنِهِ تُدْنُو النَّوَى

وَتُشَتِّتُ الشَّمْلَ الجَمِيعَ الأَيْنُقُ [Those have erred whom I have seen, with ignorance, all of them blaming a raven croaking: the fault is not imputable save to the camels; for they are of the things that scatter and disperse their congregation: verily the place that is the object of a journey is brought near by the raven's lucky omen; but the she-camels discompose the united state]: and Ibn-'Abd-Rabbih says, زَعَقَ الغُرَابُ فَقُلْتُ أَكْذَبُ طَائِرٍ

إِن لَّمْ يُصَدِّقْهُ رُغَآءُ بَعِيرِ [The raven cried; and I said, A most lying bird, if the grumbling cry of a camel on the occasion of his being laden do not verify it]. (TA in art. غرب.) b2: Also Distance, (S, M, Msb, K,) by the space, or interval, between two things. (Msb.) You say, بَيْنَ البَلَدَيْنِ بَيْنٌ Between the two countries, or towns, &c., is a distance, of space, or interval: (Msb:) and بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ Between them two is a distance, with ى when corporeal distance is meant: (Idem in art. بون:) or إِنَّ بَيْنَهُمَا لَبَيْنٌ [Verily between them two is a distance], not otherwise, in the case of [literal] distance. (S.) And you say also, بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M *) and بَوْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M, * Msb * in art. بون) Between them two [meaning two men] is a [wide] distance; (M;) i. e. between their two degrees of rank or dignity, or between the estimations in which they are commonly held: (Msb in art. بون:) in this case, the latter is the more chaste. (S.) You also say, [using بين to denote An interval of time,] لَقِيتُهُ بُعَيْدَاتِ بَيْنٍ

[I met him after, or a little after, an interval, or intervals,] when you have met him after a while, and then withheld yourself from him, and then come to him. (S, M, K. See also بَعْدُ.]) A2: Also Union [of companions or friends or lovers]; (T, S, M, Msb, K;) the contr. of the first of the significations mentioned above in this paragraph. (T, S, Msb.) [Hence ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning The state of union or concord or friendship or love subsisting between a people or between two parties; this being likewise the contr. of a signification assigned to the same expression above: whence the phrase, إِفْسَادُ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ (occurring in the S and K in art. ابر, and often elsewhere,) The marring, or disturbance, of the state of union or concord &c.: and] hence the saying, سَعَى فُلَانٌ لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ مِنْ عَشِيرَتِهِ [Such a one laboured for the improving of the state of union or concord &c. of his kinsfolk; but in this instance, the meaning given in the second sentence of this paragraph seems to be more appropriate]. (Ham p. 569.) b2: ذَاتُ بَيْنِهِمْ may also be used as meaning The vacant space (سَاحَة) that is between their houses, or tents. (Ham p. 195.) A3: بَيْن is also an adverbial noun, [as such written بَيْنَ,] (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) capable of being used as a noun absolutely: (M, K:) it relates only to that which has space, as a country; or to that which has some number, either two or more, as two men, and a company of men; and denotes [intervention in] the interval between two things, or the middle, or midst, of two things, (Er-Rághib, TA,) or the middle of a collective number: (S:) [thus it signifies Between, and amidst, and among:] its meaning is [therefore] vague, not apparent unless it is prefixed to two or more [words, or to a word signifying two or more], or to what supplies the place of such a complement: (Msb:) it must necessarily be prefixed, and may not be otherwise than in the manners just explained: (Mgh:) [i. e.] it may not be prefixed to any noun but such as denotes more than one, or to a noun that has another conjoined to it by و, (M,) not by any other conjunction, (M, Msb,) acc0ord. to the usage commonly obtaining. (Msb.) You say بَيْنَ الرَّجُلَيْنِ [Between the two men]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [The property is between the company of men]: (M, Msb, Er-Rághib: *) and المَالُ بَيْنَ زَيْدٍ وَعَمْرٍو [The property is between Zeyd and 'Amr]: and هُوَ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُ [He, or it, is between me and him]: (M:) and جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ I sat in the middle of [or amidst or among] the company of men: (S, K:) and بَيْنَكُمَا البَعِيرَ فَخُذَاهُ, with البعير in the accus. case, [See between you two the camel, therefore take him], a saying heard by Ks: (Lin art. عند:) and فَسَدَ مَا بَيْنَهُمْ [The state subsisting among them became bad, or marred, or disturbed]: (S and K in art. ميط:) and بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (M and K in art. ندر) and فِيمَا بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (S and Msb in that art.) [In, or during, the space of (several) days]: and عَوَانٌ بَيْنَ ذٰلِكَ, in the Kur [ii. 63], is an ex. of its being prefixed to a single word supplying the place of more than one; (Mgh, Msb;) the meaning being, Of middle age, between that which has been mentioned; namely, the فَارِض and the بِكْر. (Bd.) Some allow that two words to the former of which بَيْنَ is prefixed may be connected by فَ, citing as an evidence the phrase used by Imra-el-Keys, بَيْنَ الدَّخُولِ فَحَوْمَلِ [as though meaning Between Ed-Dakhool and Howmal]: but to this it has been replied that الدخول is a name applying to several places; so that the phrase [means amidst Ed-Dakhool &c., and] is similar to the saying, المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [mentioned above, or جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ, also mentioned above]. (Msb.) [You say also, بَيْنَ أَظْهُرِهِمْ, and بَيْنَ ظَهْرَيْهِمْ

&c., meaning In the midst of them. (See art. ظهر.) And بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ, and بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِمْ, meaning Before him, and before them. بَيْن is also often used absolutely as a noun: thus it is in the Kur lxxxvi. 7, يَخْرُجُ مِنْ بَيْنِ الصُّلْبِ وَالتَّرَائِبِ Coming forth from between, or amidst, the spine and the breast-bones: and in xxxvi. 8 of the same, وَجَعَلْنَا مِنْ بَيْنِ أَيْديهِمْ سَدًّا And we have placed before them (lit. between their hands) a barrier.] It is said in the Kur [vi. 94], لَقَدْ تَقَطَّعَ بَيْنُكُمْ, as some read; or بَيْنَكُمْ, as others: (T, S, M:) the former means Verily your union hath become dissevered: (AA, T, S, M:) the latter, that which was between you; (مَا بَيْنَكُمْ, Ibn-Mes'ood, T, S, or الَّذِى كَانَ بَيْنَكُمْ, IAar, T;) or the state wherein ye were, in respect of partnership among you: (Zj, T:) or the state of circumstances, or the bond, or the love, or affection, [formerly subsisting] among you, or between you; or, accord. to Akh, بَيْنَكُمْ, though in the accus. case as to the letter, is in the nom. case as to the place, by reason of the verb, and the adverbial termination is retained only because the word is commonly used as an adv. n.: (M:) AHát disapproved of the latter reading; but wrongly, because what is suppressed accord. to this reading is implied by what precedes in the same verse. (T.) b2: [It is often used as a partitive, or distributive; as also مَا بَيْنَ: for ex.,] you say, هُمْ بَيْنَ حَاذِفٍ وَقَاذِفٍ, (S and TA in art. قذف,) or هُمْ مَا بَيْنَ حَاذفٍ وقاذفٍ, (TA in art. حذف,) i. e. [They are partly, or in part,] beating with the staff, or stick, and [partly, or in part,] pelting with stones; [or some beating &c., and the others pelting &c.] (S and TA, both in art. قذف, and the latter in art. حذف.) [See also an ex. in a verse cited voce خَيْطَةٌ.] b3: هٰذَا بَيْنَ بَيْنَ means This (namely, a thing, S, or a commodity, Msb) is between good and bad: (S, Msb, K:) or of a middling, or middle, sort: (M:) these two words being two nouns made one, and indecl., with fet-h for their terminations, (S, Msb, K,) like خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ. (Msb.) الهَمْزَةُ المُخَفَّفَةُ [i. e. the hemzeh uttered lightly] is called هَمْزَةٌ بَيْنَ بَيْنَ, (S, M, K, *) i. e. A hemzeh that is between the hemzeh and the soft letter whence is its vowel; (S, M;) or هَمْزَةُ بَيْنِ بَيْنٍ, the first بين with kesreh but without tenween, and the second with tenween, (Sharh Shudhoor edh-Dhahab,) [i. e. the hemzeh &c.:] if it is with fet-h, it is between the hemzeh and the alif, as in سَاَلَ, (S, M,) for سَأَلَ; (M;) if with kesr, it is between the hemzeh and the yé, as in سَيِمَ, (S, M,) for سَئِمَ; (M;) and if with damm, it is between the hemzeh and the wáw, as in لَوُمَ, (S, M,) for لَؤُمَ: (M:) it is never at the beginning of a word, because of its nearness, by reason of feebleness, to the letter that is quiescent, (S, M,) though, notwithstanding this, it is really movent: (S:) it is thus called because it is weak, (Sb, S, M,) not having the power of the hemzeh uttered with its proper sound, nor the clearness of the letter whence is its vowel. (M.) 'Obeyd Ibn-El-Abras says, تَحْمِى حَقِيقَتَنَا وَبَعْ ضُ القَوْمِ يَسْقُطُ بَيْنَ بَيْنَا i. e. [Thou defendest what we ought to defend, or our banner, or standard, while some of the people, or company of men,] fall, one after another, in a state of weakness, not regarded as of any account: (S:) or it is as though he said, between these and these; like a man who enters between two parties in some affair, and falls, or slips, or commits a mistake, and is not honourably mentioned in relation to it: so says Seer: (IB, TA:) or between entering into fight and holding back from it; as when one says, Such a one puts forward a foot, and puts back another. (TA.) b4: ↓ بَيْنَا and ↓ بَيْنَمَا are of the number of inceptive حُرُوف: (M, K:) this is clear if by حروف is meant "words:" that they have become particles, no one says: they are still adv. ns.: (MF, TA:) the former is بَيْنَ with its [final] fet-hah rendered full in sound; and hence the ا; (Mughnee in the section next after that of وا, and K;) [i. e.,] it is of the measure فَعْلَى [or فَعْلَا] from البَيْن, the [final] fet-hah being rendered full in sound, and so becoming ا; and the latter is بَيْنَ with مَا [restrictive of its government] added to it; and both have the same meaning [of While, or whilst]: (S:) or the ا in the former is the restrictive ا; or, as some say, it is a portion of the restrictive ما [in the latter]: (Mughnee ubi suprà:) and these do not exclude بَيْنَ from the category of nouns, but only cut it off from being prefixed to another noun: (MF, TA:) they are substitutes for that to which بَيْنَ would otherwise be prefixed: (Mgh:) some say that these two words are adv. ns. of time, denoting a thing's happening suddenly, or unexpectedly; and they are prefixed to a proposition consisting of a verb and an agent, or an inchoative and enunciative; so that they require a complement to complete the meaning. (TA.) One says, بَيْنَا نَحْنُ كَذٰلِكَ إِذْ حَدَثَ كَذَا [While we were in such a state as that, lo, or there, or then, such a thing happened, or came to pass]: (M, Mgh, * K: *) and بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ كَذَا [While we were thus]: (Mgh:) and بَيْنَا نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ أَتَانَا [While we were looking, or waiting, for him, he came to us]; (S, M;) a saying of a poet, cited by Sb; (M;) the phrase being elliptical; (S, M;) meaning بَيْنَ أَوْقَاتِ نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ, (M,) i. e., بَيْنَ

أَوْقَاتِ رِقْبَتِنَا إِيَّاهُ [between the times of our looking, or waiting, for him]. (S, M.) As used to put nouns following بَيْنَا in the gen. case when بَيْنَ might properly supply its place; as in the saying (of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, which he thus recited, with kesr, S), بَيْنَا تَعَنُّقِهِ الكُمَاةَ وَرَوْغِهِ يَوْمًا أُتِيحَ لَهُ جَرِىْءٌ سَلْفَعُ [Amid his embracing the courageous armed men, and his guileful eluding, one day a bold, daring man was appointed for him, to slay him]: (S, K:) in [some copies of] the K, تَعَنُّفِهِ; but in the Deewán [of the Hudhalees], تعنّقه: [in the Mughnee, ubi suprà, تَعَانُقِهِ:] the meaning is بَيْنَ تَعَانُقِهِ; the ا being added to give fulness to the sound of the [final] vowel: (TA:) As used to say that the ا is here redundant: (Skr, TA:) others put the nouns following both بَيْنَا and بَيْنَمَا in the nom. case, as the inchoative and enunciative. (Skr, S, K.) Mbr says that when the noun following بينا is a real subst., it is put in the nom. case as an inchoative; but when it is an inf. n., or a noun of the inf. kind, it is put in the gen., and بينا in this instance has the meaning of بَيْنَ: and Ahmad Ibn-Yahyà says the like, but some persons of chaste speech treat the latter kind of noun like the former: after بينما, however, each kind of noun must be in the nom. case. (AA, T.) [See an ex. in a verse cited towards the end of art. اذ.]

بَيْنَا see بَيْنٌ بَيْنَمَا see بَيْنٌ بِينٌ A separation, or division, (T, M, K,) between two things, (T,) or between two lands; (M, K;) as when there is a rugged place, with sands near it, and between the two is a tract neither rugged nor plain: (T:) an elevation in rugged ground: (M, K:) the extent to which the eye reaches, (T, M, K,) of a road, (T,) or of land: (M:) a piece of land extending as far as the eye reaches: (T, S:) and a region, tract, or quarter: (AA, T, M, K:) pl. بُيُونٌ. (S, TA.) بَيَانٌ is originally the inf. n. of بَانَ as syn. with تَبَيَّنَ, and so signifies The being [distinct or] apparent &c.; (Kull;) or it is a subst. in this sense: (Msb:) or a subst. from بَيَّنَ, [and so signifies the making distinct or apparent &c.,] being like سَلَامٌ and كَلَامٌ from سَلَّمَ and كَلَّمَ. (Kull.) b2: Hence, conventionally, (Kull,) The means by which one makes a thing [distinct,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Er-Rághib, TA, Kull:) this is of two kinds: one is [a circumstantial indication or evidence; or] a thing indicating, or giving evidence of, a circumstance, or state, that is a result, or an effect, of a quality or an attribute: the other is a verbal indication or evidence, either spoken or written: [see also بَيِّنَةٌ:] it is also applied to language that discovers and shows the meaning that is intended: and an explanation of confused and vague language: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the eduction of a thing from a state of dubiousness to a state of clearness: or making the meaning apparent to the mind so that it becomes distinct from other meanings and from what might be confounded with it. (TA.) b3: Also Perspicuity, clearness, distinctness, chasteness, or eloquence, of speech or language: (T, S:) or simply perspicuity thereof: (Har p. 2:) or perspicuity of speech with quickness, or sharpness, of intellect: (M, K:) or perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, speech, declaring, or telling plainly, what is in the mind: (Ksh, TA:) or the showing of the intent, or meaning, with the most eloquent expression: it is an effect of understanding, and of sharpness, or quickness, of mind, with perspicuity, or chasteness, or eloquence, of speech: (Nh, TA:) or a faculty, or principles, [or a science,] whereby one knows how to express [with perspicuity of diction] one meaning in various forms: (Kull:) [some of the Arabs restrict the science of البيان to what concerns comparisons and tropes and metonymies; which last the Arabian rhetoricians distinguish from tropes: and some make it to include rhetoric altogether:] Esh-Shereeshee says, in his Expos. of the Maká-mát [of El-Hareeree] that the difference between بَيَانٌ and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ is this: that the former denotes perspicuity of meaning; and the latter, the making the meaning to be understood; and the former is to another person, and the latter to oneself; but sometimes the latter is used in the sense of the former: (TA:) or the former is the act of the tongue, and the latter is the act of the mind: (Har p. 2:) or the former concerns the verbal expression, and the latter concerns the meaning. (Kull.) It is said in a trad., إِنَّ مِنَ البَيَانِ سِحْرًا (S) or لَسِحْرًا (TA) [Verily there is a kind of eloquence that is enchantment: see this explained in art. سحر]. The saying in the Kur [lv. 2 and 3], خَلَقَ الْإِنْسَانَ عَلَّمَهُ الْبَيَانَ means He hath created the Prophet: He hath taught him the Kur-án wherein is the manifestation of everything [needful to be known]: or He hath created Adam, or man as meaning all mankind: He hath [taught him speech, and so] made him to discriminate, and thus to be distinguished from all [other] animals:(Zj, T:) or He hath taught him that whereby he is distinguished from other animals, namely, the declaration of what is in the mind, and the making others to understand what he has perceived, for the reception of inspiration, and the becoming acquainted with the truth, and the learning of the law. (Bd.) b4: It is also applied to Verbosity, and the going deep, or being extravagant, in speech, and affecting to be perspicuous, or chaste, therein, or eloquent, and pretending to excel others therein; or some بيان is thus termed; and is blamed in a trad., as a kind of hypocrisy; as though it were a sort of self-conceit and pride. (TA.) بِئْرٌ بَيُونٌ A well of which the rope does not strike against the sides, because its interior is straight: or that is wide in the upper part, and narrow in the lower: or in which the drawer of water makes the rope to be aloof from its sides, because of its crookedness: (T:) or deep and wide; (S, K;) because the ropes are wide apart from its sides; (S;) as also ↓ بَائِنَةٌ: (S, TA:) or that is wide between the two [opposite] sides: (M:) pl. [regularly of the latter epithet] بَوَائِنُ. (T, S.) بَيِّنٌ [Distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (T, S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ بَائِنٌ (T) and ↓ مُبِينٌ: (T, S:) pl. [of mult.] أَبْيِنَآءُ (S, K) and [of pauc.] بَيِنَةٌ. (K.) Hence, الكِتَابُ

↓ المُبِينٌ [as applied to the Kur, q. v. in xii. 1, &c.,] The clear, plain, or perspicuous, book or writing or scripture: or, as some say, this means the book &c. that makes manifest all that is required [to be known]: (T:) or, of which the goodness and the blessing are made manifest: or, that makes manifest the truth as distinguished from falsity, and what is lawful as distinguished from what is unlawful, and that the prophetic office of Mohammad is true, and so are the narratives relating to the prophets: (Zj, T:) or, that makes manifest the right paths as distinguished from the wrong. (M, TA.) And كَلَامٌ بَيِّنٌ Perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, language. (T.) b2: A man, or thing, bearing evidence of a quality &c. that he, or it, possesses. (S and K and other Lexicons passim.) b3: A man (M) perspicuous, or clear, or distinct, in speech or language; or chaste therein; or eloquent; (ISh, T, M, K;) fluent, elegant, and elevated, in speech, and having little hesitation therein: (ISh, T:) pl. أَبْيِنَآءُ (T, M, K) and بُيَنَآءُ and [of pauc.]

أَبْيَانٌ: (Lh, M, K:) the second of these pls. is anomalous: the last is formed by likening فَعِيلٌ to فَاعِلٌ: [for بَيِّنٌ is a contraction of بَيِينٌ:] but the pl. most agreeable with analogy is بَيِّنُونَ: so says Sb. (M.) بَيِّنَةٌ An evidence, an indication, a demonstration, a proof, a voucher, or an argument, (Mgh, TA,) such as is manifest, or. clear, whether intellectual or perceived by sense; (TA;) [originally بَيِينَةٌ,] of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ, from بَيْنُونَةٌ, [see 1, first sentence,] and بَيَانٌ [q. v.]: (Mgh:) and the testimony of a witness: pl. بَيِّنَاتٌ. (TA.) بَائِنٌ In a state of separation or disunion; or separated, severed, disunited, or cut off; (M, * Msb;) as also ↓ أَبْيَنُ, occurring in a verse cited above, voce بَيِّنَ. [Hence,] اِمْرَأَةٌ بَائِنٌ A woman separated from her husband by divorce; (M, Msb, K;) as also ↓ مُبَانَةٌ: the former without ة: (Msb:) like طَالِقٌ and حَائِضٌ: you say [to a wife] أَنْتِ بَائِنٌ [Thou art separated from me by divorce.] (Mgh.) b2: طَلَاقٌ بَائِنٌ is a tropical phrase; and so is طَلْقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ; (Mgh;) [signifying the same as] تَطْلِيقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ (S, M, Msb, K) (tropical:) A divorce that is [as it were] cut off; i. q. ↓ مُبَانَةٌ [in the second and third of these phrases, and ↓ مُبَانٌ in the first]: (ISk, Msb:) بائنة being here used in the sense of a pass. part. n.: (S, Sgh, Msb:) or it [is a possessive epithet, and thus] means having separation: this kind of divorce is one in the case of which the man cannot take back the woman unless by a new contract; (TA;) nor without her consent. (MF in art. بت.) b3: قَوْسٌ بَائِنَةٌ, (S, M, K,) and بَائِنٌ, (M, K,) A bow that is widely separate from its string: (S, M, K:) contr. of بَانِيَةٌ; (S, M;) this signifying one that is so near to its string as almost to stick to it: (S:) each of these denotes what is a fault. (S, M.) b4: بِئْرٌ بَائِنَةٌ: see بَيُونٌ. b5: نَخْلَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ A palm-tree of which the racemes have come forth from the spathes, and of which the fruit-stalks have grown long. (AHn, M.) b6: البَائِنُ also signifies He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from her left side; (S, K;) and المُعَلِّى, he who comes to her from her right side: (S:) or the former, he who stands on the right of the she-camel when she is milked, and holds the milking-vessel, and raises it to the milker, who stands on her left, and is called المُسْتَعْلِى: (T:) two persons are engaged in milking the she-camel; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker is called المُسْتَعْلِى and المُعَلِّى; and the holder, البائن: (M:) pl. بُيَّنٌ. (T.) It is said in a prov., اِسْتُ البَائِنِ أَعْرَفُ, or, as some say, أَعْلَمُ; meaning (assumed tropical:) He who has superintended an affair, and exercised himself diligently in the management thereof, is better acquainted with it than he who has not done this. (T. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov. i. 606.]) b7: طَوِيلٌ بَائِنٌ Excessively tall, far above the stature of tall men. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ.

طَلَبَ إِلَى أَبَوَيْهِ البَائِنَةَ He asked, or begged, of his two parents, the separation of himself from them, by [their giving him] property, (Az, T, M,) to be his alone. (T.) أَبْيَنُ: see بَائِنٌ.

A2: فُلَانٌ أَبْيَنُ مِنْ فُلَانٍ Such a one is more perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, in speech or language, than such a one. (S, TA.) تِبْيَانٌ an anomalous inf. n. (T, S, K) of 2, q. v.: (T:) or a subst. used as an inf. n.; (MF, TA;) i. e., a subst. from 2. (Sb, M, TA.) See بَيَانٌ.

مُبَانٌ; and its fem., with ة: see بَائِنٌ, in three places.

مُبِينٌ Separating, severing, disuniting, or cutting off; (S, K;) as also مُبْيِنٌ, like مُحْسِنٌ: (K:) but [the right reading in the K may be وَمُبِينٌ كَمُحْسِنٍ, meaning "and مُبِينٌ is like مُحْسِنٌ:" if not,] مُبْيِنٌ is a mistake. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ, in two places.

مَبَايِنُ الحَقِّ [in which the former word is app. pl. of مُبِينَةٌ] signifies The things that make the truth to be apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain; or the means of making it so; syn. مَوَاضِحُهُ. (TA.)

بظر

1 بَظِرَتْ, [aor. ـَ inf. n. بَظَرٌ,] said of a woman, [She had a بَظْر (q. v.), or a long بَظْر; or] she was uncircumcised. (Msb.) [But see بَظَرٌ, below.]

b2: And بَظِر, inf. n. بَظَرٌ, He had what is termed a بُظَارَة [q. v.] in his upper lip. (S.) 2 بَظَّرَتْ, inf. n. تَبْظِيرٌ, She circumcised a female. (K.) b2: هُوَ يُمِصُّهُ وَيُبَظِّرُهُ (M, K) He says to him, اُمْصُصْ بَظْرَ فُلَانَةَ: (K:) a prov. of the Arabs. (TA.) بَظْرٌ, (Lh, T, S, M, &c.,) also pronounced بَضْرٌ, (T,) and ↓ بُظَارَةٌ [which see below] (Lh, T, S, M, K) and ↓ بَظَارَةٌ (M, K) and ↓ بَيْظَرٌ (Lh, T, M, K) and ↓ بُنْظُرٌ, (K,) A certain thing, (S, M, Mgh, K,) or piece of flesh, (A,) between the two sides of the vulva (الإِسْكَتَانِ, S, M, K, or الشُّفْرَانِ, A, or شُفْرَا الفَرْجِ, Mgh) of a woman, (M, A, Mgh, K,) which is cut off in circumcision, (A,) not yet cut off; (S;) a piece of flesh between the two sides of the vulva (الشُّفْرَانِ) of a woman; i. e. the prepuce (قُلْقَة) that is cut off in circumcision; (Msb;) also called كَيْنٌ and رَفْرَفٌ and نَوْفٌ (Lh, T) and قُنْبٌ [which last properly signifies the “ prepuce,” or “ sheath,” of a beast or horse or the like]; (A and K in art. قنب;) and likened to a cock's comb: (Msb in art. عرف:) [the last of these explanations plainly shows that what is meant thereby is the prepuce of the clitoris; which, it seems, in the Arabian and Egyptian races, and others throughout Eastern Africa, and still more so in the Hottentot race, grows to an extraordinary size; and this may be the reason why the بظر is described by some travellers as a caruncle for which we have no name: or it may, perhaps, be a distinct excrescence from the prepuce of the clitoris: it has been described to me as a caruncle a little in front of the meatus urinarius: many of the Egyptians assert that it is the clitoris itself that is amputated, (as Ludolph also does in his Comment. to his Ethiop. Hist. p. 273, finding fault with those who say otherwise;) and they affirm that this is done for the purpose of lessening the libidinous passion: such, indeed, appears to be the case in some instances, but not generally; and it may have led to a misapplication of the term بظر in post-classical times: an analogous practice, one still more barbarous, is said to have obtained among an African race hence called the Colobi: see بَرْبَرُ: Abu-l-Kásim Ez-Zahráwee speaks of the amputation of the redundance of the بظر when preternaturally large, and also of an excrescence in the vulva: the former he describes in such a manner as plainly shows that he means thereby the clitoris: the latter, in terms apparently indicating a preternatural elongation of the lower part of the prepuce of the clitoris; as “ an excrescence of flesh at, or in, the mouth of the vulva, such as fills it up, and sometimes protrudes externally, like a tail, wherefore the ancients term it the caudal disease المرض الذنبى; and this,” he says, “ should be amputated, like as the بظر is amputated ” when preternaturally large: (Albucasis de Chirurgia, pp. 314 and 316:) in some of our medical books, the term “ caudatio ” is defined as “ an elongation of the clitoris; ” inconsistently with the foregoing description of “ the caudal disease: ”] the pl. [of mult.] of بَظْرٌ is بُظُورٌ, (M, Msb, K,) and [pl. of pauc.] أَبْظُرٌ. (Msb.) يَا ابْنَ مُقَطِّعَةِ البُظُورِ [O son of her who amputates بظور !] is an expression of contumely employed by the Arabs whether the mother of the person addressed be really a circumciser of females or not. (TA.) بَظَرٌ The having a بَظْر: (T, S:) or the having a long بَظْر: (K:) a subst., (K,) or an inf. n., (T,) having no verb, (T, M, *) because it denotes an inherent quality, not one that is accidental. (T.) [But see بَظِرَتْ.]

بُظْرَةٌ, or بَظَرَةٌ: see بُظَارَةٌ.

بَظَارَةٌ: see بَظْرٌ.

بُظَارَةٌ The lower extremity, (M,) or a thing in the extremity, (S, K,) or a protuberant, or prominent, thing in the lower part, (Lh, T, M,) of the vulva (Lh, T, S, M) of a ewe or goat, (Lh, T, S, M, K,) or camel, (Lh, T,) and any animal. (M.) It is metaphorically used by Jereer in relation to a woman. (M.) See بَظْرٌ. b2: Also, (Lh, S, T, M, &c.,) and ↓ بُظْرَةٌ, (M, K,) or ↓ بَظَرَةٌ, (IAar, T,) The thing (M, K) protuberant, (M,) or a protuberant thing, (S, A, Mgh,) in the upper lip, (S, M, A, Mgh, K,) in the middle thereof, (M, A, Mgh, K,) when it is somewhat long, (S,) or somewhat large: (M:) or a pro-tuberance in the lip: (IAar, T:) when not long, it is called حِثْرِمَةٌ: (S:) it is not every one that has it: (Mgh:) dim. ↓ بُظَيْرَةٌ. (T.) بُظَيْرَةٌ: see what next precedes.

بِظْرِيرٌ (assumed tropical:) A long-tongued, (M,) clamorous woman: (M, K: [in the CK, erroneously, with ة:]) but some say بِطْرِيرٌ [q. v.]. (M.) [See أَبْظَرُ.]

بُنْظُرٌ: see بَظْرٌ.

بَيْظَرٌ: see بَظْرٌ. b2: يَا بَيْظَرُ is an expression of contumely addressed to a female slave. (K.) أَبْظَرُ A man uncircumcised. (M, K.) And the fem., بَظْرَآءُ, A woman, (T, S, Msb,) or a female slave, (M, K,) having a بَظْر; (T, S, Msb;) or having a long بَظْر: (M, K:) or a woman uncircumcised: (Mgh:) pl. بُظْرٌ. (T.) يَا ابْنَ البَظْرَآءِ O son of the uncircumcised woman! is an expression of contumely. (Mgh.) b2: A man having what is termed a بُظَارَة in his upper lip; (S, A, Mgh;) [i. e.] having a حِثْرِمَة somewhat long; (S in art. حثرم;) having a long (T, M) and projecting (M) upper lip, with a protuberance in the middle of it. (T, M.) b3: Accord. to some, (assumed tropical:) Clamorous; long-tongued. (Mgh.) [See بِظْرِيرٌ.]

مُبَظِّرٌ A circumciser: (M, L:) and مُبَظِّرَةٌ a woman who circumcises females. (K.)

شن

أ1 شَنِئَهُ, (Th, S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.,) and شَنَأَهُ, (K,) but this is said by AHeyth to be a bad dial. var. of the former, (TA,) aor. ـَ (Msb, K,) inf. n. شَنْءٌ (AO, S, Msb, K) and شِنْءٌ and شُنْءٌ (Aboo-'Amr Esh-Sheybánee, S, K) and شَنْأَةٌ (K, TA, in the CK شَناءَة [i. e. شَنَآءَةٌ, which is afterwards added in the TA, not as in the K, and mentioned in the S but not there said to be an inf. n.,]) and شَنَأٌ (TA from Es-Safákusee) and شَنَآءٌ (TA [as from J, but perhaps from Az, for I do not find it in the S,]) and مَشْنَأٌ (S, CK, and TA as from Es-Safá- kusee, not as from the K,) and مَشْنَأَةٌ and مَشْنُؤَةٌ (K, TA, the last in the CK مَشْنُوءَة [i. e. مَشْنُوْءَةٌ],) and مَشْنِئَةٌ (TA from Es-Safákusee) and شَنَآنٌ, (S, K,) which is anomalous as being of a measure regularly employed [only] for the inf. n. of a verb signifying motion and agitation, as ضَرَبَانٌ and خَفَقَانٌ, (S, TA,) for though it has been said that [hatred (which it signifies) is attended by anger and] anger is accompanied by agitation of the heart, there is no necessary connection between hatred and anger, and it is anomalous also as being of a measure not proper to [the inf. n. of] a trans. verb, (TA,) and شَنْآنٌ, (S, Msb, K,) which is also anomalous, and [said to be] the only instance of its kind (S, TA) except لَيَّانٌ, though some few others have been mentioned, as زَيْدَانٌ, but this is not well known, [and خَشْيَانٌ, of which the same may be said,] and وَشْكَانٌ [perhaps a simple subst.], and جَوْلَانٌ which is said to occur in a verse [perhaps contracted from جَوَلَان by poetic license], (TA,) and AO mentions شَنَانٌ, without ء, as being like شَنْآنٌ; (S;) these inf. ns. being fourteen, which is said by IKtt to be the greatest number of inf. ns. to any one verb, only seven other verbs, he says, having this number, namely, قَدَرَ, لَقِىَ, وَرَدَ, هَلَكَ, تَمَّ, مَكَثَ and غَلَبَ; but Es-Safákusee makes the inf. ns. of شَنِئَ to be fifteen, [though the fifteenth form (which is perhaps مَشْنُوْءَةٌ) I do not find mentioned,] and this is the greatest number known; (TA;) He hated him: (IKoot, IF, S, ISd, IKtt, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.:) or, as some say, he hated him vehemently. (TA.) يشنى, [app. يُشْنَى, for يُشْنَأُ,] with the hemzeh changed into ى, occurs in a trad. (TA.) And شُنِئَ signifies He (a man, S) was hated, (S, and so accord. to some copies of the K,) or was rendered hateful, or an object of hatred, (so accord. to other copies of the K,) even if beautiful or comely. (S, K.) A2: شَنِئَ لَهُ حَقَّهُ, (K,) so says A'Obeyd, or, accord. to Th, شَنَأَ إِلَيْهِ, like مَنَعَ [in form], and this is the more correct, aor. of each ـَ (TA,) He gave him his right, or due. (A'Obeyd, Th, K, TA.) And شَنِئَ بِهِ He acknowledged it: (S, Msb, K:) or he gave him (K) his right, or due, (TA,) [or the meaning in the K may be he gave it,] and declared himself clear, or quit, of him or it; as also شَنَأَ: (K:) [but accord. to SM, this is wrong, for he says that] the author of the K should have said, or شَنِئَ إِلَيْهِ, like شَنَأَ, aor. ـَ he gave him, and declared himself clear, or quit, of him or it. (TA.) And شَنِئَ الشَّىْءَ He produced the thing: (K, TA:) or, as A'Obeyd says, شَنِئَ حَقَّهُ he acknowledged his right, or due, and produced it from his possession. (TA.) 6 تَشَانَؤُوا They hated one another. (S, O, K.) شَنْءٌ and شِنْءٌ and شُنْءٌ [all mentioned above as inf. ns., when used as simple substs. signify Hatred; and thus ↓ شَنَآءَةٌ, likewise mentioned above as an inf. n., signifies accord. to the S; and so ↓ شَنِيْئَةٌ accord. to Freytag, as on the authority of Meyd; and app. also شَنُوْءَةٌ, q. v.; or all signify] vehement hatred; in which sense the first is expl. by AO: (TA:) or ↓ شَنَآءَةٌ signifies hatred mixed with enmity and evilness of disposition. (Ham p. 108) شَنُؤَةٌ: see شَنُوْءَةٌ, in three places.

شَنَآءَةٌ: see شَنْءٌ, in two places.

A2: Also, and ↓ شَنَائِيَةٌ, epithets applied to a man, Rendered hateful, or an object of hatred, evil in disposition. (Lth, O, TA.) [See also the latter word voce شَنْآن; and see مَشْنُوْءٌ, and مِشْنَآءٌ.]

شَنُوْءَةٌ The removing oneself far, or keeping aloof, from unclean things; (S, K, TA;) and the continual doing so, or the continual purification of oneself; as also ↓ شَنُؤَةٌ; and accord. to the K, شُنُوْءَةٌ, but this is not found elsewhere. (TA.) b2: Hence, (S,) أَزْدُ شَنُوْءَةَ, the appellation of a tribe of El-Yemen; (S, K; *) sometimes called أَزْدُ شَنُوَّةَ: (ISk, S, K:) [or] this tribe was so called because of شَنْآن among them; (K, TA;) i. e. because of mutual hatred that occurred among them: (TA:) [whence it seems that شَنُوْءَةٌ signifies also Hatred:] or because of their removing far from their [original] district: or, accord. to El-Khafájee, because of their high lineage, and good deeds; from the phrase رَجُلُ شَنُوْدَةٍ, meaning A man of pure lineage and of manly virtue; and AO says the like. (TA.) b3: [And accord. to Reiske, as stated by Freytag, (who has written it ↓ شَنُؤَةٌ in all its senses,) it is expl. by Meyd as meaning What is esteemed sordid, of words and of actions.]

A2: Also One who removes himself far, or keeps aloof, from unclean things; (K, TA;) and so ↓ شَنُؤَةٌ. (TA.) Thus both of these words are epithets, as well as substs. (TA.) شَنِيْئَةٌ: see شَنْءٌ.

شَنْآن, of which the fem. is شَنْآنَةٌ and شَنْأَى, [so that one may say either شَنْآنٌ or شَنْآنُ,] is an epithet applied to a man; (K;) [signifying either Hating or (like مَشْنُوْءٌ) hated; the former meaning seeming to be indicated by what immediately precedes it in the K; but the latter appears from what here follows to be the right meaning, and perhaps it may be that which is meant in the K;] as also ↓ شَنَانِئَةٌ or ↓ شَنَائِيَةٌ [q. v. voce شَنَآءَةٌ]: so accord. to different copies of the K. (TA.) b2: In the Kur v. 3 and 11, it is accord. to some an inf. n., and some read there شَنَآن: [see 1, first sentence:] accord. to others, it is an epithet, signifying مُبْغَضٌ or بَغِيضٌ [i. e. Hated or odious]. (TA.) b3: شَنْآنُ الشِّتَآءِ, in a trad. of Kaab, is said to be a metaphorical expression for بَرْدُ الشِّتَآءِ (tropical:) [The cold of winter]; because it is hated: or, as some say, by the بَرْد thereof is meant ease and repose: and the meaning intended is either mutual hatred or ease and repose. (TA.) شَنَائِيَةٌ: see شَنَآءَةٌ, and شَنْآن.

شَنَانِئَةٌ: see شَنْآن.

شَانِئٌ Hating, or a hater, (Fr, S, Mgh, Msb, TA,) and an enemy: (Fr, TA:) fem. with ة. (Mgh, Msb.) b2: لَا أَبَا لِشَانِئِكَ, as also لَا أَبَ لِشَانِئِكَ, (S, O, [but in my two copies of the S لِشَانِيكَ, which perhaps expresses the general pronunciation, and in the TA لا ابا لشانئك and لا ابا لشانيك,]) means لِمُبْغِضِكَ [i. e., lit., May there be no father to thy hater]; and is said by ISk to be a metonymical expression for لَا أَبَا لَكَ [q. v., lit. an imprecation, but generally meant as an expression of praise]. (S, O, TA.) شَوَانِئُ المَالِ means [Camels, or the like,] not avariciously retained; as though hated, and therefore liberally given away: (IAar, K, TA:) شوانئ

being app. an act. part. n. [in the pl.] used in the sense of a pass. part. n., like the instances in مَآءٌ دَافِقٌ and عِيشَةٌ رَاضِيَةٌ. (MF, TA.) مَشْنَأٌ, applied to a man, (A'Obeyd, S, O,) like مَشْنَعٌ [in form, and perhaps in meaning], (A'Obeyd, TA,) Foul, or ugly, in aspect; as also ↓ مِشْنَآءٌ: (S, O:) or foul, or ugly, (K, TA,) in face, (TA,) even if made an object of love [by good qualities]: (K, TA:) [originally an inf. n., and therefore] used alike as sing. (S, O, K) and dual (S, O) and pl. (S, O, K) and masc. and fem.: (K:) so says Lth: (TA:) or one who hates men; (K;) and so ↓ مِشْنَآءٌ, accord. to 'Alee Ibn-Hamzeh El-Isbahánee: (TA:) or ↓ this last signifies one whom men hate: or it may be well rendered one who does much for which he is to be hated; for it is one of the measures of the act. part. n. [used in an intensive sense]. (A'Obeyd, K.) مِشْنَآءٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in three places.

مَشْنُوْءٌ, applied to a man, (S,) Hated, (S, and so in some copies of the K, [see also شَنْآن,]) or rendered hateful, or an object of hatred, (so accord. to other copies of the K,) even if beautiful, or comely; (S, K;) and مَشْنُوٌّ and مَشْنِىٌّ signify the same. (K in art. شنو.) مَشْنِيْئَةٌ, occurring in a trad. of 'Áïsheh, [A kind of food that is supped, or sipped;] i. q. حَسَآءٌ and تَلْبِينَةٌ: [see these two words:] said by IAth to be irregularly formed from مَشْنُوْءَةٌ, by changing the ء into ى [so that the word becomes مَشْنُويَةٌ, and then, by rule, مَشْنِيَّةٌ, which is mentioned in the TA, in art. شنو, as occurring thus in a trad.,] and then by restoring the ء [in the place of the second ى], the meaning being hated. (TA.)

نزل

1 نَزَلَ بِالمَكَانِ (Kull) and نَزَلَ المَكَانَ (Msb in art. حل, &c.) He alighted, descended and stopped or sojourned or abode or lodged or settled, in the place; syn. حَلَّ فِيهِ. (Kull.) See حَلَّ. b2: نَزَلَ لَبَنُ الشَّاةِ [The milk of the ewe descended into her udder; i. e. she secreted milk]. (S, K, voce أَضْرَعَتْ.) b3: نَزَلَ مَنْزِلَ كَذَا It took, or occupied, the place, or became in the position or condition, of such a thing: see a verse cited voce أَنْ, near the end of the paragraph; and another voce حَبِيبٌ; and see مَنْزِلَةٌ. b4: نَزَلْتُ, الوَدِىَ, for فِى الوَادِى: see دَخَلْتُ البَيَتَ in art. دخل.3 نَازَلَهُ He alighted with him, each to oppose the other, in war, or battle; inf. n. مُنَازَلَةٌ and نِزَالٌ. (Msb.) b2: نَازَلَهُ He alighted with him.4 أَنْزَلَتْ Her (a camel's) milk descended [into her udder]: opposed to أَقْلَصَتْ. (TA, art. قلص.) b2: أَنْزَلَتِ اللَّبَنَ [i. e. اللِّبَأَ She (a camel) excerned the first milk, or biestings, into her udder; i. q. أَبْسَقَتْ. (TA in art. بزق.) b3: She excerned milk [either into, or from, the udder]. b4: أَنْزَلَتِ الناقةُ اللَّبَنَ مِنَ الضَّرْعِ [or فِى الضرع] The she-camel excerned the milk from [or into] the udder. (TA, art. ذرأ.) b5: أَنْزَلَهُ He lodged him; made him his guest; or gave him refuge or asylum; syn. آوَاهُ; (S and K in art. اوى;) and أَضَافَهُ and ضَيَّفَهُ: (Mgh in art. ضيف:) [and he lodged and entertained him;] namely, a guest. (Msb.) I. q.

أَثْوَاهُ مَنْزِلَا. CCC (Fr in T in art. بوأ.) b6: أَنْزَلَهُ عَنْ كَذَا He made him to resign, or relinquish, such a thing. b7: أَنْزَلْتُ بِكَ حَاجَتِى [app. I imposed my want upon thee]. (S in art. عر.) And أَنْزَلَ حَاجَتَهُ على كريم. (TA.) 6 تَنَازَلَ He descended gradually, by little and little. b2: تنازل إِلَى أَحَدٍ He humbled himself, condescended, to one. b3: تنازل عَنِ المُلْكِ He abdicated the kingdom. b4: تنازل عَن شَىْءٍ

He desisted from a thing. b5: تَنَازَلُوا They alighted and ate by turns with different people; i. q. تَنَاوَبُوا, q. v.10 اِسْتَنْزَلَهُ He made him, or caused him, or it, to descend. (Msb.) b2: اِسْتَنْزَلَهُ عَنْ رَأَيِهِ [He sought to make him resign, or relinquish, his opinion]. (Bd, xii. 11.) نُزْلٌ Food or rations at a halt: see سُكْنٌ, in two places.

نُزُلٌ Food prepared for the guest. (Msb.) See مَفَثَّةٌ.) أَرْضٌ نَزِلَةٌ : see حَشَادٌ.

نَزِيلٌ A guest. (S, Mgh, Msb, * K.) See also Har, 353.

نَازِلٌ [Alighting, &c.,] has for pl. نُزُولٌ and نُزَّالٌ. (TA.) نَازِلَةٌ A defluxion: pl. نَوازِلُ. See سِلٌّ. b2: نَازِلَةٌ A severe calamity or affliction, (S, Msb, K,) that befalls men. (S, Msb.) مَنْزِلٌ A place of alighting or descending and stopping or sojourning or abiding or lodging or settling: (Mgh:) a place of settlement: an abode; a dwelling; a place where travellers alight in the desert; syn. مَنْهَلٌ: a [house, or mansion, such as is called] دَارٌ: (S, K:) or, accord. to the فُقَهَآء, less than a دار, and more than a بَيْت [or chamber], consisting of at least two chambers (بَيْتَانِ) or three. (Mgh.) See also بَيْتٌ.

مَنْزِلَةٌ A space which one traverses in journeying. (TA, art. سير.) b2: مَنْزِلَةٌ, used unrestrictedly, Station, standing, footing, or grade; honourable station or rank; a place of preferment. b3: A predicament in which one stands. b4: كَلِمَةٌ بِمَنْزِلَةِ كَلِمَةٍ أُخْرَى A word equivalent, or similar, to another word. b5: [You say] يُسْتَعْمَلُ بِمَنْزِلَةِ كَذَا It (a word) is used in the manner of such [another word]; generally with respect to government, not necessarily with respect to meaning. (The lexicons passim.) b6: النَّازِلُ مِنَ الدِّينِ والدُّنْيَا مَنْزِلَةَ النُّورِ مِنَ العَيْنِ Who is, in respect to religion and the world, as light to the eye.

مَرْعًى مُنْزِلٌ : see مُسْكِنٌ.

حسب

1 حَسَبَهُ, (S, A, Mgh, &c.,) aor. ـُ (S, Mgh, Msb, &c.,) inf. n. حَسْبٌ (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and حُسْبَانٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and حِسْبَانٌ (K) and حِسَابٌ (S, K,) which is generally an inf. n. of this verb, but sometimes of حَاسَبَ, (TA,) and حِسَابَةٌ (S, K) and حِسْبَةٌ, (Msb, K,) or this is like قِعْدَةٌ and رِكْبَةٌ, [denoting a mode, or manner,] as in a verse of En-Nábighah cited below, (S,) and حَسْبَةٌ, which is of rare occurrence, (MF, TA,) He numbered, counted, reckoned, calculated, or computed, it; (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K;) namely, property [&c.]. (A, Mgh, Msb.) Yousay, مَنْ يَقْدِرُ عَلَى عَدِّ الرَّمْلِ وَحَسْبِ الحَصَى

[Who can count the sands, and number the pebbles?]. (A.) And أَلْقِ هٰذَا فِى الحَسْبِ [Throw thou this into the reckoning]; i. e., into what thou hast reckoned. (A.) وَالشَّمْسُ وَالقَمَرُ بِحُسْبَانٍ, in the Kur [lv. 4], means And the sun and the moon [run their courses] according to a [certain] reckoning; or through a series of mansions [or constellations], the bounds of which they do not transgress: (TA:) or بحسبان alludes to the numbers of the months and years and all other times: [but properly speaking,] حسبان is here an inf. n.: (Zj, TA:) or, accord. to Akh, a pl. of حِسَابٌ; (S, TA;) and so says AHeyth: or, accord. to some, it is here a proper subst., signifying the firmament. (TA.) حُسْبَانًا in the Kur vi. 96 is held by Akh to be for بِحُسْبَانٍ, meaning بِحِسَابٍ [as in the phrase quoted above, from the Kur lv. 4, accord. to the first explanation]. (TA.) and حُسْبَانُكَ عَلَى اللّٰه signifies حِسَابُكَ على اللّٰه [On God be it to reckon with thee: see also حَسِيبُكَ اللّٰهُ]. (TA.) Az says that the reckoning in buying and selling is termed حِسَابٌ because one knows thereby what is sufficient. (TA.) وَاللّٰهُ سَرِيعُ الحِسَابِ, in the Kur [ii. 198, &c., God is quick in reckoning], signifies that his reckoning is necessary, or of necessity, and that his reckoning with one person does not divert Him from reckoning with another. (TA.) And يَرْزُقُ مَنْ يَشَآءُ بَغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ, in the Kur [ii. 208, &c., He supplieth whom He willeth, without reckoning], means without sparing, or scanting; as when a man expends without reckoning: but the phrase is variously explained, as meaning without appointing for any one what is deficient: or without fearing that any one will call Him to account for it: or without the receiver's thinking that He will bestow upon him, or without his reckoning upon the supply; so that it may be from حَسِبَ

“ he thought,” or from حَسَبَ “ he reckoned. ” (L, TA.) The saying, cited by IAar, يَا جُمْلُ أَسْقَاكِ بِلَا حِسَابَهْ as related by J [in the S], but correctly أُسْقيت, (TA,) means [O Juml, mayest thou be given rain] without reckoning, and without measure. (S.) An instance of حِسْبَةٌ as similar to قِعْدَةٌ and رِكْبَةٌ occurs in the saying of En-Nábighah, فَكَمَّلَتْ مِائَةً فِيهَا حَمَامَتُهَا وَأَسْرَعَتْ حسْبَةً فِى ذٰلِكَ العَدَدٍ

[And she completed a hundred, in which was her pigeon; and she was quick in the mode of computing that number]. (S.) A2: حَسِبَهُ كَذَا, [a verb of the kind termed أَفْعَالُ القُلُوبِ, having two objective complements, the former of which is called its noun, and the latter its enunciative,] aor. ـَ and حَسِبَ; (S, Msb, K;) the former the more approved, (TA,) of the dialects of all the Arabs except Benoo-Kináneh; the latter aor. being peculiar to the dial. of this tribe, (Msb,) and contr. to analogy, (S, Msb,) for by rule it should be حَسَبَ [only]; and حَسِبَ is the only verb of the measure فَعِلَ having both يَفْعَلُ and يَفْعِلُ as the measures of its aor. except نَعِمَ and يَئِسَ and يَبِسَ [and وَعِرَ and وَحِرَ and بَئِسَ and وَلِهَ and وَهِلَ mentioned by Ibn-Málik (with the preceding) cited in the TA voce وَرِثَ]; but eight verbs having an unsound letter for the first radical have kesreh to the medial radical in the pret. and aor. , viz., وَثِقَ and وَرِثَ and وَرِعَ and وَرِمَ and وَرِيَ and وَفِقَ and وَلِىَ and وَمِقَ; (S;) inf. n. حِسْبَانٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and مَحْسَبَةٌ and مَحْسِبَةٌ (S, K) and حِسَابٌ; (TA; [but see what follows;]) He [counted, accounted, reckoned, or esteemed, meaning] thought, or supposed, him, or it, to be so. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) You say, حَسِبْتُهُ صَالِحًا [I counted him, or thought him, good, or righteous]. (S.) And حَسِبْتُ زَيْدًا قَائِمًا [I thought Zeyd to be standing]. (Msb.) And مَا كَانَ فِى حِسْبَانِى

كَذَا [Such a thing was not in my thought]: you should not say فى حِسَابِى, (K,) unless you mean thereby it was not included in my reckoning, or, by amplification of the sense, I did not think it. (MF.) A3: حَسُبَ, aor. ـُ (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. حَسَابَةٌ (S, K) and حَسَبٌ, (Msb, K,) He was, or became, characterized, or distinguished, by what is termed حَسَبٌ as explained below [i. e. grounds of pretension to respect or honour; &c.]. (S, Msb, K.) 2 حسّبهُ, inf. n. تَحْسِيبٌ: see 4. b2: Also He placed a pillow for him; supported him with a pillow; (S, K;) seated him upon a حُسْبَانَة, or مَحْسَبَة. (TA.) b3: And hence, He honoured him. (L.) b4: He buried him: (TA:) or buried him in stones: [see حَسْبٌ:] or buried him wrapped in grave-clothing: namely, a dead person. (K, TA.) b5: Nuheyk El-Fezáree says, (S, TA,) addressing 'Ámir Ibn-Et-Tufeyl, (TA,) لَتَقَيْتَ بِالوَجْعَآءِ طَعْنَةَ مُرْهَفٍ

↓ حَرَّانَ أَوْ لَثَوَيْتَ غَيْرَ مُحَسَّبِ (S, TA) Thou wouldst have avoided, by turning thy hinder part, the thrust [of a thin, thirsty weapon], or thou wouldst have taken thy restingplace (TA) not honoured, or not shrouded, (S, TA,) or not pillowed: غير محسّب being variously rendered: one person prefers the meaning not buried: Az says that the signification of burial in stones and that of wrapping in grave-clothes, assigned to the verb, were unknown to him; and that غير محسّب signifies not supported with a pillow. (TA.) 3 حاسبهُ, inf. n. مُحَاسَبَةٌ (S, TA) and sometimes حِسَابٌ, which is also an inf. n. of حَسَبَ, or, accord. to Th, it seems to be a quasi-inf. n., (TA,) [He reckoned with him.] And حاسبهُ عَلَيْهِ [He called him to account for it]. (TA.) 4 احسبهُ, (Th, S, K,) inf. n. إِحْسَابٌ, (TA,) He gave him what sufficed, or satisfied, him, مِنْ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ of everything: (Th, TA:) he contented him: (K:) or he gave him what contented him; as also ↓ حسّبهُ: (S:) and both verbs, inf. n. of the latter تَحْسِيبٌ, he gave him to eat and drink until he was satisfied: (K:) and the former, [or both,] he gave him until he said حَسْبِى [It is sufficient for me]. (Az, S.) You say also, أَعْطَى

فَأَحْسَبَ He gave, and (assumed tropical:) gave much: (S:) and ↓ اِحْتَسَبْتُهُ, [if not a mistranscription for أَحْسَبْتُهُ,] (tropical:) I gave him much. (A, TA.) b2: Also It (a thing, S, Msb,) sufficed him: (S, A, Msb:) he sufficed him. (TA.) You say, مَرَرْتُ بِرَجُلٍ أَحْسَبَكَ مِنْ رَجُلٍ, and [مِنْ رَجُلَيْنِ] بِرَجُلَيْنِ أَحْسَبَاكَ, and [مِنْ رِجَالٍ] بِرِجَالٍ أَحْسَبُوكَ, I passed by a man sufficient for thee as a man, i. e., supplying to thee the place of any other [by his excellent qualities], and by two men &c., and by men &c. (S.) [The verb here is rendered, in grammatical analysis, by its act. part. n. See also حَسْبُ.]5 تحسَب (tropical:) He sought, or sought leisurely and repeatedly, to learn news: (A, K, * TA:) he sought after news: (K, * TA:) he inquired, or asked, respecting news; (S, K, * TA; [in the CK, اسْتَخْيَرَ is erroneously put for اِسْتَخْبَرَ;]) of the dial. of El-Hijáz: (TA:) he searched after news as a spy. (A 'Obeyd, TA.) It is said in a trad., accord. to one reading, كَانُوا يَجْتَمِعُونَ فَيَتَحَسَّبُونَ الصَّلَاةَ (tropical:) They used to assemble, and endeavour to ascertain the time of prayer: but the common reading is يَتَحَيَّنُونَ. (TA.) A2: Also He reclined upon a pillow. (K.) 8 احتسب [for احتسب أَجْرًا He reckoned upon a reward: or] he sought a reward [from God in the world to come]. (TA.) وَيَرْزُقُهُ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَحْتَسِبُ, in the Kur lxv. 2, means [And He will supply him with the means of subsistence] whence he does not reckon, or expect; whence does not occur to his mind. (Bd, Jel.) And مَنْ صَامَ رَمَضانَ إِيمَانًا وَاحْتِسَابًا, in a trad., Whoso fasteth during Ramadán, believing in God and his Apostle, and [reckoning upon a reward, or] seeking a reward from God. (Mgh, * TA.) Yousay also, احتسب بِكَذَا أَجْرًا عِنْدَ اللّٰهِ (S, K) He reckoned upon obtaining, [or he sought,] by such a thing, or such an action, a reward from God: (PS:) or he prepared, or provided, such a thing, seeking thereby a reward from God. (K.) and احتسب عِنْدَ اللّٰهِ خَيْرًا He prepared, or provided, in store for himself, good, [i. e. a reward,] with God. (A, Mgh.) And احتسب الأَجْرَ عَلَى اللّٰهِ He laid up for himself, in store, the reward, with God, not hoping for the reward of the present life; اِحْتِسَابُ الأَجْرِ relating only to an action done for the sake of God. (Msb.) [Hence,] احتسب وَلَدَهُ, (A, Mgh,) or ابْنَهُ, (Msb,) or ابْنًا, or بنْتًا, (S, K, *) is said when one has lost by death an adult child or son or daughter; (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K;) meaning He prepared, or provided, in store for himself, a reward, by his patience on the occasion of his being afflicted and tried by the death of his adult child: (Mgh, * TA:) when a man has lost by death a child not arrived at the age of puberty, you say of him, اِفْتَرَطَهُ. (S, A, Msb, K.) [Hence also,] احتسب عَمَلَهُ [He reckoned upon, or prepared for himself, a reward by his deed: or] he did his deed seeking a reward from God in the world to come. (L, TA.) b2: اِحْتَسَبْتُ بَالشَّىْءِ I included the thing in a numbering, or reckoning; or made account of it; accounted it a matter of importance. (Msb.) And فُلَانٌ لَا يُحْتَسَبُ [for لا يحتسب بَهِ] Such a one is made no account of; is not esteemed, or regarded, as of any account, or importance. (A, TA.) b3: اِحْتَسَبْتُ عِنْدَهُ means اِكْتَفَيْتُ [I was, or became, sufficed, or contented, thereat, or with him, or at his abode]. (A, TA.) [and IbrD thinks that the verb has the same signification in the phrase اِحْتَسَبْتُ عَلَيْهِ بِالمَالِ, quoted in the TA from the A; holding عليه to be here used in the sense of عَنْهُ; so that the meaning is I was, or became, sufficed, so as to have no need of him, or it, by the property: but I doubt whether this phrase be correctly transcribed.] b4: احتسب also signifies اِنْتَهَى [He abstained, or desisted; app. as one sufficed, or contented]. (K.) b5: And احتسب عَلَيْهِ كَذَا He disapproved and disallowed his doing, or having done, such a thing; (S, K; *) namely, a foul deed: (TA:) whence the appellation ↓ مُحْتَسِبٌ. (K.) and accord. to some, احتسب اللّٰهَ عَلَيْهِ means He said, May God take, or execute, vengeance upon him; or punish him; for his evil deeds. (Har p. 371.

[See حَسِيبٌ.]) [In the present day, احتسب عَلَيْهِ is used as meaning He prayed for aid against him by saying, حَسْبُنَا اللّٰهُ God is, or will be, sufficient for us.] b6: You say also, احتسب فُلَانًا, (K,) or احتسب مَا عِنْدَهُ, (A,) meaning (tropical:) He endeavoured to learn what such a one had [in his mind, or in his possession]. (A, K, * TA.) b7: See also 4.9 احسبّ He (a camel) was, or became, of a white colour intermixed with red (S, TA) and with black. (TA.) حَسْبٌ Sufficiency. (K voce هَسْبٌ.) b2: حَسْبُ is a [prefixed] noun (S) [syn. with كَفْىُ, as is implied in the K voce قَطْ; or] syn. with كَافِى; (Msb;) or [virtually] meaning كَفَى [as a pret. in the sense of an emphatic aor. ]; (S, K;) or يَكْفِى: (TA:) Sb says that it is used to denote the being sufficed, or content. (TA.) You say, حَسْبُكَ دِرْهَمٌ [and بِحَسْبِكَ دِرْهَمٌ, in which latter the ب is redundant; meaning Thy sufficiency, or a thing sufficing thee, is a dirhem; a phrase which may be used in two ways; as predicating of what is sufficient, that it is a dirhem; and as predicating of a dirhem, that it is sufficient; in which latter case, بحسبك is an enunciative put before its inchoative, (as also حَسْبُكَ,) so that the meaning is, a dirhem is a thing sufficing thee, i. e. a dirhem is sufficient for thee; as is shown in a marginal note in my copy of the Mughnee, in art. بِ; or, accord. to the S and K, a dirhem suffices thee: accord. to Bd (iii. 167), بحسبك means مُحْسِبُكَ, and كَافِيكَ, from أَحْسَبَهُ meaning كَفَاهُ; and is shown to have this meaning by its not importing a determinate signification in consequence of its being a prefixed noun with its complement in the saying, هٰذَا رَجُلٌ حَسْبُكَ This is a man sufficing thee]. (S, Msb, K.) You say also, حَسْبُكَ ذٰلِكَ That is, or will be, [or let that be,] sufficient for thee. (TA.) And حَسْبُكَ اللّٰهُ, in the Kur viii. 65, God is, or will be, sufficient for thee. (Fr, TA. See also حَسِيبُكَ اللّٰهُ.) and حَسْبُكَ بِصَدِيقِنَا [A person sufficing thee is our friend]; in which the ب is added to denote emphatic praise. (Fr, TA in art. بِ.) In the saying, هٰذَا رَجُلٌ حَسْبُكَ مِنْ رَجُلٍ This is a man sufficing thee as a man, i. e. supplying to thee the place of any other [by his excellent qualities], (S, K,) and مَرَرْتُ بِرَجُلٍ حَسْبِكَ مِنْ رَجُلٍ I passed by a man sufficing thee as a man, (TA,) حسبك is an expression of praise, referring to the indeterminate noun [رجل]; because, in its case, [what is originally (see below)] an inf. n. (فِعْلٌ [under which term lexicologists, but not grammarians, include the مَصْدَر]) is rendered, in grammatical analysis, by another word, [i. e., by an act. part. n.,] as though one said مُحْسِبٌ لَكَ, or كَافٍ

لَكَ. (S. [Thus حسبك in these two instances is a صِفَة, i. e. an epithetic phrase; and من رجل is a تَمْيِيز, i. e. a specificative phrase.]) When the noun to which حسبك refers is determinate, you put حسب in the accus. case, as a حال, i. e. a denotative of state; as in the saying, هٰذَا عَبْدُ اللّٰهِ حَسْبَكَ مِنْ رَجُلٍ This is 'Abd-Allah; being one sufficing thee as a man. (S. [Here من رجل is, as before, a specificative phrase.]) [See also 4, the corresponding verb.]) حسب, in this manner, is used alike as sing. and dual and pl.; (S, K;) being [originally] an inf. n. (S.) It is also used alone, [as a prefixed noun of which the complement is understood,] as in the phrase زَيْدٌ حَسْبُ, without tenween, for حَسْبِى or حَسْبُكَ [&c., meaning Zeyd is sufficient for me or for thee &c.]; like as one says, جَآءَنِى زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ غَيْرُ, for لَيْسَ غَيْرُهُ عِنْدِى. (S. [That is, حَسْبُ, when thus used, is subject to the same rules as غَيْرُ and قَبْلُ, and بَعْدُ &c. when so used.]) b3: See also حَسَبٌ, in three places.

A2: Also, (TA,) and ↓ حِسْبَةٌ, (K,) Burial of the dead: (TA:) or burial of the dead in stones [app. meaning in a grave cased with stones]: or burial of the dead wrapped in grave-clothes: like تَحْسِيبٌ. (K. [See 2.]) حَسَبٌ i. q. ↓ مَحْسُوبٌ; (S, K;) of the measure فَعَلٌ in the sense of the measure مَفْعُولٌ, like نَفَضٌ in the sense of مَنْفُوضٌ; (S;) Numbered, counted, reckoned, calculated, or computed. (S, K.) b2: A number counted. (L.) b3: Amount, quantity, or value. (L.) Sometimes, (S, L, K,) by poetic license, (S,) and in prose, (L,) ↓ حَسْبٌ. (S, L, K.) You say, الأَجْرُ بِحَسَبِ مَا عَمِلْتَ, and ↓ بِحَسْبِ, The recompense is, or shall be, according to the amount, or quantity, or value, of thy work. (L.) And يُجْزَى المَرْءُ عَلَى حَسَبِ عَمَلِهِ The man is, or shall be, paid according to the amount, or quantity, of his work. (Msb.) and عَلَى حَسَبِ مَا أَسْدَيْتَ إِلَىَّ شُكْرِى لَكَ [and ↓ حَسْبَمَا (for عَلَى حَسَبِ مَا)] According to the amount, or value, of the benefit, or benefits, that thou hast conferred upon me are my thanks to thee. (L.) And لِيَكُنْ عَمَلُكَ بِحَسَبِ ذٰلِكَ Let thy deed, or work, be correspondent to the quantity, or number, of that: or adequate, or equivalent, to that. (S.) And هٰذَا بِحَسَبِ ذَا This is equal in number or quantity, or is equivalent, to that. (K.) and مَا أَدْرِى مَا حَسَبُ حَدِيثِكَ, i. e. ما قَدْرُهُ [app. I know not what is the value of thy story]. (Ks, S.) And أَحْسَنْتُ إِلَيْهِ حَسَبَ الطَّاقَةِ and عَلَى حَسَبِ الطَّاقَةِ I benefited him according to the measure of ability. (Mgh.) b4: Also [Grounds of pretension to respect or honour, consisting in any qualities (either of oneself or of one's ancestors) which are enumerated, or recounted, as causes of glorying: and hence signifying nobility; rank or quality; honourableness, or estimableness, from whatever source derived:] originally, (MF,) what one enumerates, or recounts, of the deeds, or qualities, in which his ancestors have gloried: (S, A, Mgh, * K, MF:) secondly, what one enumerates, or recounts, of his own deeds, or qualities, in which he glories: thirdly, what one enumerates, or recounts, of any deeds, or qualities, that are causes of his glorying, of whatever kind they be: (MF:) or the memorable deeds, or qualities, of one's ancestors; and one's own deeds, or qualities, in which he glories; because they were enumerated, or recounted, by the Arabs in contending, or disputing, for glory; (T, Msb, * TA;) the latter consisting in such qualities as courage, and good disposition, and liberality: (Msb:) or what are enumerated, or recounted, of generous actions, or qualities: (Msb:) or good actions, or conduct, of oneself, and of one's ancestors: (Sh, Mgh:) or generosity, or nobility, of actions or conduct: (IAar, K:) or righteous, virtuous, or good, actions or conduct: (K:) or good disposition: (TA:) or religion; (S, Msb, K;) piety; because true nobility consists in religion or piety: (MF:) or wealth; (S, K;) because it serves in lieu of true nobility: (TA:) in this sense, and in the sense next preceding, it has no corresponding verb: (TA:) or state, or condition; [i. e. good state or condition;] syn. بَالٌ [i. q. حَالٌ]: (K:) or intellect, or understanding: (MF:) and a man's relations, consisting of his children and others: pl. أَحْسَابٌ. (Az, Mgh.) Accord. to ISk, (S, Msb,) حَسَبٌ and كَرَمٌ may pertain to him who has not noble ancestors; but not شَرَفٌ nor مَجْدٌ. (S, Msb, * K.) حَسَبٌ is also used elliptically, (Mgh, TA,) [in the sense of حَسِيبٌ, q. v.,] for ذُو حَسَبٍ, (TA,) and for ذَوُو حَسَبٍ. (Mgh.) b5: اِشْتَرَى بِالحَسَبِ He bought a thing in an honourable manner with respect to himself and the seller: حسب, here, is said to be from حَسَّبَهُ “ he honoured him; ” or from حُسْبَانَةٌ “ a small pillow ” [because him for whom you put a pillow you honour: see 2]. (TA.) حُسْبَةٌ, in a camel, A colour in which are whiteness and redness (K, TA) and blackness: (TA:) in a man, [a reddish colour such as is termed]

شُقْرَة in the hair of the head: (K:) and also in a man, (K, TA,) and in a camel, (TA,) whiteness and redness produced by a whiteness of the skin arising from disease and infecting the hair [so as to turn it red]: (K, TA:) accord. to IAar, blackness inclining to redness. (TA.) b2: Also Leprosy. (K.) حِسْبَةٌ [originally The act of numbering, counting, &c.: or a mode, or manner, of numbering, &c.: see 1. b2: ] A subst. from اِحْتَسَبَ أَجْرًا; (S, Msb, K;) syn. with اِحْتِسَابٌ (A) [as meaning A reckoning upon, or seeking, or preparing or providing, or laying up for oneself in store, a reward in the world to come]. You say, فَعَلَهُ حِسْبَةً [He did it reckoning upon, or seeking, &c., a reward in the world to come]. (A, TA.) b3: هُوَ حَسَنُ الحِسْبَةِ He is good in respect of managing, conducting, ordering, or regulating, (S, A, Msb, K,) and examining, or judging, (Msb,) and sufficing, (A,) فِى الأَمْرِ in the affair. (S, A, Msb.) This is not from اِحْتِسَابُ الأَجْرِ; for احتساب الاجر relates only to an action done for the sake of God. (Msb.) A2: A reward, or recompense: pl. حِسَبٌ. (S, K.) A3: [The office of the مُحْتَسِب.]

A4: See also حَسْبٌ, last sentence.

حُسْبَانٌ: see حِسَابٌ.

A2: Also A punishment. (S, K.) b2: A calamity; an affliction with which a man is tried. (Aboo-Ziyád, K.) b3: Evil; mischief. (Aboo-Ziyád, K.) b4: Locusts. (Aboo-Ziyád, S, K.) b5: Dust: or smoke: syn. عَجَاجٌ. (K.) b6: Fire. (TA.) This, and each of the five significations next preceding, and that next following, have been assigned to the word as used in the Kur xviii. 38. (TA.) See also حُسْبَانَةٌ. b7: Small arrows, (Mgh, Msb, K,) or short arrows, (S,) which are shot from Persian bows: (Mgh, Msb:) said by IDrd to be, in this sense, postclassical: (TA:) or arrows which a man shoots in the hollow of a reed, or cane; drawing the bow, he discharges twenty of them at once, and they pass by nothing without wounding it, whether it be an armed man or another object; they come forth like rain, and scatter among the people: (ISh, TA:) or small arrows, with slender heads, in the hollow of a reed, or cane, which, when discharged, come forth like a shower of rain, and scatter, and pass by nothing without wounding it: (Az, Msb:) or iron-headed arrows, like large needles, slender, but somewhat long, and without edges [to the heads]: (Th, TA:) n. un. with ة. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) A3: It is also said to signify The circumference of a mill-stone: b2: and hence, in the Kur lv. 4, [see 1, above,] to mean The [revolving] firmament. (El-Khafájee, MF.) حُسْبَانَةٌ n. un. of حُسْبَانٌ [q. v.]. (S, Mgh, &c.) b2: Also A thunderbolt; syn. صَاعِقَةٌ: (K:) and ↓ حُسْبَانٌ, [of which it is the n. un.,] thunderbolts; syn. صَوَاعِقُ. (Bd and Jel in xviii. 38.) b3: A hailstone; syn. بَرَدَةٌ. (K. [In some copies of the K بَرْدَةٌ.]) b4: A cloud. (K.) A2: A small ant. (K.) A3: A small pillow; (S, K;) and so ↓ مِحْسَبَةٌ: (K:) or this signifies a pillow of skin, or leather. (TA.) حِسَابٌ and ↓ حُسْبَانٌ [A numbering, counting, reckoning, calculation, or computation: see 1:] both signify the same: (S:) or the latter is pl. of the former, (S, K, TA,) accord. to Akh (S, TA) and AHeyth and others, when the former signifies what is numbered; &c.; [a number; or quantity;] and the former has also for a pl. [of pauc.] أَحْسِبَةٌ. (TA.) You say, رَفَعَ العَامِلُ حِسَابَهُ and حُسْبَانَهُ [The agent presented his reckoning, &c.]. (A.) Hence, حِسَابُ الجُمَّلِ and الجُمَلِ: see art. جمل. [And حِسَابُ عَقْدِ الأَصَابِعِ The numbering, counting, or reckoning, with the fingers.] And يَوْمُ الحِسَابِ [The day of reckoning; i. e., of the final judgment]. (Kur xxxviii. 15, &c.) b2: حِسَابٌ also signifies The reckoning, or enumerating, or recounting, of causes of glorying; or of memorable, or generous, actions or qualities. (Msb.) b3: And (tropical:) A great number of men: (A, L, K:) of the dial. of Hudheyl. (L.) b4: and (assumed tropical:) A sufficing thing, (S, K,) and gift, (S, K, and Bd in lxxviii. 36,) as also ↓ حَسَّابٌ: (Bd ib.:) or a large gift: (Jel ib.:) or a gift according to one's works. (Bd ib.) حَسِيبٌ A reckoner, or taker of accounts: [see also حَاسِبٌ:] or a sufficer, or giver of what is sufficient; (K, TA;) from أَحْسَبَ, of the measure فَعِيلٌ in the sense of the measure مُفْعِلٌ. (TA.) It has the former of these significations, or the latter, in the phrase, كَفَى بِاللّٰهِ حَسِيبًا [God is sufficient as a reckoner, or as a giver of what sufficeth], (Fr, K, TA,) in the Kur [iv. 7, and xxxiii. 39]: (TA:) and so in the Kur iv. 88. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] حَسِيبُكَ اللّٰهُ, (S, K,) in the L اللّٰهُ ↓ حَسْبُكَ, (TA,) [both of which phrases are used in the present day in the sense here following,] May God take, or execute, vengeance upon thee; or punish thee: (S, L, K:) meaning an imprecation though literally predicatory. (IAmb, Har p. 371.) [See also حُسْبَانُكَ عَلَى اللّٰهِ, voce حَسَبَ.]

A2: Also Characterized, or distinguished, by what is termed, حَسَبٌ as explained above [i. e. grounds of pretension to respect or honour; &c.]: (S, K:) generous, liberal, honourable, or noble: (Msb:) bountiful, or munificent: and having a numerous household: (Az, Mgh:) pl. حُسَبَآءُ. (A, K.) حَسَّابٌ: see حِسَابٌ.

حَاسِبٌ [act. part. n. of 1; Numbering, counting, &c.:] a reckoner; an accountant: [see also حَسِيبٌ:] pl. حُسَّبٌ and حُسَّابٌ (TA) and حَسَبَةٌ. (A.) أَحْسَبُ, (S, K,) fem. حَسْبَآءُ, (TA,) A camel of a colour in which are whiteness and redness (S, K, TA) and blackness: (TA:) a man in the hair of whose head is [a reddish colour such as is termed]

شُقْرَة: (S, K:) a man, (K,) and a camel, (TA,) whose skin has become white by reason of disease, and whose hair is infected [and turned red] in consequence thereof, so that he has become white and red: (K:) accord. to Sh, that has no [distinct] colour; of whom, or of which, one says, I think so, and I think so. (TA. [The latter clause of this explanation (in the TA الذى يقال احسب كذا و احسب كذا) I have rendered conjecturally; supposing يقال to have been omitted by a copyist, after يقال,]) b2: Also A leper. (Lth, T, K.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) A mean, avaricious, man. (S, TA.) إِبِلٌ مُحْسِبَةٌ Camels that have much flesh and fat: (TA:) or محسبة has two meanings; from حَسَبٌ signifying “ nobility; ” [i. e. noble camels;] and from إِحْسَابٌ; i. e. satisfying, with their milk, their owners and the guest. (IAar, TA.) مِحْسَبَةٌ: see حُسْبَانَةٌ.

مُحَسَّبٌ: see 2.

مَحْسُوبٌ: see حَسَبٌ, first sentence.

مُحْتَسِبٌ [The inspector of the markets and of the weights and measures &c.] is an appellation derived from اِحْتَسَبَ, as shown above: see this verb. (K.) You say, فُلَانٌ مُحْتَسِبُ البَلَدِ [Such a one is the inspector of the markets &c. of the town]: you should not say مُحْسِبٌ. (S.)

حبر

1 حَبَرَهُ, (S, Msb, TA,) aor. ـُ (Msb,) inf. n. حَبْرٌ; (S, Msb, TA;) and ↓ حبّرهُ, (TA,) inf. n. تَحْبيرٌ; (S, K, TA;) or the latter has an intensive signification; (Msb;) He made it beautiful, beautified it, (S, K, TA,) or adorned it, or embellished it, (Msb,) and made it plain; (TA;) namely, handwriting, and poetry, &c., (S, K, both in relation to the latter verb, and TA in relation to both verbs,) such as language, or speech, and science, (S, TA,) and pronunciation, and a recitation; meaning, with respect to the last, the voice [with which he recited]. (TA.) b2: Also حَبَرَهُ, (S, A, L, Msb, but in the Msb “ or,” not “ also,”) aor. ـُ inf. n. حَبْرٌ (S, Msb) and حَبْرَةٌ; (S;) and ↓ احبرهُ; (K;) and in an intensive sense ↓ حبّرهُ; (Msb;) He, (God, A,) or it, (a thing, or an affair or event, S, L,) made him happy, joyful, or glad; (S, A, L, Msb, K;) affected him with a happiness, joy, or gladness, that made his face to shine, or of which the mark, or sign, (حَبَار, i. e. أَثَر,) appeared upon his countenance; (Bd in xliii. 70, in explanation of the pass. form of the first of these verbs;) he made him to enjoy a state of ease and plenty; and treated him with honour: (Lth and S in explanation of the pass. form of the first verb as used in the Kur xxx. 14:) or treated him with extraordinary honour. (Bd in xliii. 70, and TA.) [حُبِرَ, properly signifying He was made happy, &c., may be used as meaning he was, or became, happy, &c.; like سُرَّ; and حُبُورٌ, and its syns. mentioned with it below, may be regarded as its inf. ns. Golius, app. from his finding حَبَرٌ explained in the KL as an inf. n. meaning The being happy, &c., (شَادْ شُدَنْ,) assigns to حُبِرَ جِلْدُهُ, as on the authority of that lexicon, the meaning of “ hilaris lætusque fuit; ” but I have not found this verb in any Arabic work.]

A2: حُبِرَ جِلْدُهُ His skin was beaten so that there remained the mark of the beating. (K.) A3: حَبِرَ الجُرْحُ, (S, K,) aor. ـَ (K,) inf. n. حَبَرٌ, (S,) The wound broke out afresh: (S, K:) or became healed, but left scars. (Ks, S, K.) b2: حَبرَتْ أَسْنَانُهُ, aor. ـَ (S, A, * Msb, K,) inf. n. حَبَرٌ, (S, Msb, *) His teeth became of a yellow colour mingled with the whiteness: (K:) or became yellow; (A, Msb;) syn. قَلِحَتْ. (S.) [See also حِبِرٌ.]2 حبّرهُ: see 1, in two places. b2: Also, inf. n. تَحْبِيرٌ, He pared it well; namely, an arrow. (TA.) 4 احبرهُ: see 1.

A2: احبر بِهِ He, or it, left a mark upon him, or it. (TA.) And احبرِت الضَّرْبَةُ جِلْدَهُ and بِجِلْدِهِ The blow made a mark, or marks, upon his skin. (TA.) حَبْرٌ: see حُبُورٌ, in two places: b2: and حِبْرٌ, in two places: b3: and حِبِرٌ.

A2: Also حَبْرٌ and ↓ حِبْرٌ; (S, A, Msb, K, &c.;) but As says, I know not whether it be the former or the latter: (S:) IAar says both: A 'Obeyd says that some of the lawyers say the former; and some, the latter; (TA;) and that in his opinion it is the former: (S, TA:) AHeyth, that it is the former only: (TA:) Th mentions the former only: (Msb:) Fr says it is the latter only: (TA:) and the latter is [said to be] the more chaste because the pl. is of the measure أَفْعَالٌ, and not فُعُولٌ: (S, TA:) [but a pl. of the latter measure is also mentioned:] A learned man (As, S, Msb, K) of the Jews: (S, A:) or whether he be a Christian or Jewish or Sabean subject of a Muslim government, who pays a poll-tax for his freedom and toleration, or one who, having been such, has become a Muslim: or one skilled in the beautifying of language: (A 'Obeyd, S:) or a good, or righteous, man: (Kaab, K, TA:) pl. (of the former, Msb) حُبُورٌ, (Msb, K,) [but this is seldom used,] and (of the latter, Msb) أَحْبَارٌ. (IDrst, S, A, Msb, K, &c.) حِبْرٌ Ink, syn. مَدَادٌ, (Msb,) and نِقْسٌ, (K,) with which one writes: (S, Msb:) so called because it is one of the means of beautifying writings; (Mohammad Ibn-Zeyd, TA;) or because it beautifies, and makes plain, handwriting; (Hr, TA;) or because of the marks that it leaves: (As, TA:) pl. [of pauc.] أَحْبَارٌ (IDrst, TA) and [of mult.]

حُبُورٌ. (TA.) b2: I. q. وَشْىٌ [The variegation, or figuring, of cloth or of a garment; or a kind of variegated, or figured, cloth or garment]: (IAar, K:) pl. حُبُورٌ. (K, * TA.) [See also حِبَرَةٌ.] b3: A mark, or sign, of the enjoyment of ease and plenty: (As, S, K: [in one copy of the S, and in the CK, for أَثَرُ النَّعْمَةِ, I find, erroneously, أَثَرُ النِّعْمَةِ:]) and [hence,] beauty; (As, S, A, K;) beauty of aspect; or a beautiful and pleasing aspect, that satisfies the eye by its comeliness: (As, S, TA:) colour; complexion: (Fr, IAar, S, TA:) pl. أَحْبَارٌ (S) and حُبُورٌ. (K, * TA.) One says, إِنَّهُ لَحَسَنُ الحِبْرِ وَالسِّبْرِ Verily he is beautiful, and of goodly appearance: (As, S:) or of beautiful complexion. (IAar.) And ذَهَبَ حِبْرُهُ وَسِبْرُهُ His colour, or complexion, (Fr, S,) or beautiful, (A,) and goodliness of form or aspect, departed: (Fr, S, A:) from the saying, جَآءَتِ الأَبِلُ حَسَنَةَ الأَحْبَارِ وَالأَسْبَارِ [The camels came beautiful in colours and in appearances]. (Fr, S, A. *) One says also, وَالسَّبْرِ ↓ فُلَانٌ حَسَنُ الحَبْرِ: where حبر seems to be the inf. n. of حَبَرْتُهُ “ I made him, or it, beautiful. ” (S.) b4: Also, (S, K,) and ↓ حَبْرٌ (TA) and ↓ حَبَرٌ (K) and ↓ حَبَارٌ (S, K) and ↓ حِبَارٌ, (A, K,) A mark, or trace, (S, A, K,) of beating, (A,) or of a blow that has not brought blood, or of a healed wound, (TA,) or of work, or labour: (A, TA:) pl. of the first [or second] حُبُورٌ (Yaakoob, S, K) and [of the first and third, accord. to analogy,] أَحْبَارٌ; (TA;) and of the fourth حَبَارَاتٌ, (Yaakoob, S, TA,) it having no broken pl. (TA.) One says, بِهِ حُبُورٌ Upon him are marks [of beating, &c.]. (S.) and الضَّرْبِ ↓ بِجِلْدِهِ حِبَارُ Upon his skin is the mark of beating. (A.) And العَمَلِ ↓ بِيَدِهِ حِبَارُ Upon his hand is the mark of work, or labour. (A.) b5: See also حِبِرٌ. b6: And see حُبُورٌ.

A2: Also, [like the Hebrew ?, and the Chaldee ?,] A like; an equal; a fellow. (K.) b2: See also حَبْرٌ.

حَبَرٌ: see حُبُورٌ: A2: and حِبْرٌ: b2: and حِبَرَةٌ.

حَبِرٌ: see حَبِيرٌ.

حِبَرٌ: see حِبَرَةٌ.

حِبِرٌ, (Msb, K,) the only subst. of this form beside إِبِلٌ, (Msb,) [and a few rare dial. vars.,] and ↓ حِبْرٌ (K) and ↓ حَبْرٌ (A, K) and ↓ حِبِرَةٌ (S, Msb, K) and ↓ حَبْرَةٌ (A, K,) and ↓ حُبْرَةٌ; (K;) or حِبِرٌ, without ة, [as also حِبْرٌ and حَبْرٌ,] is a pl. [or rather a coll. gen. n.], (S,) and with ة it is said to be a n. un. ; (Msb;) A yellowness that mingles with the whiteness of the teeth; (K;) a yellowness of the teeth; (Sh, A, Msb;) what is termed قَلَحٌ in the teeth: (S:) or قَلَحٌ is when they become green: and when the crust increases so as to encroach upon the gums, and to make the roots of the teeth to appear, this is what is termed حَفْرٌ and حَفَرٌ: (Sh, Msb, TA:) pl. حُبُورٌ. (K.) حَبْرَةٌ: see حُبُورٌ, in three places. b2: Also Extraordinariness (مُبَالَغَةٌ) in a thing that is described as beautiful. (K.) [See 1.] b3: A musical performance, or concert, instrumental or vocal or both, (سَمَاعٌ,) in Paradise; (Zj, K;) agreeably with which signification Zj explains [the verb in] the verse of the Kur [xxx. 14, or xliii. 70]: (TA:) and any sweet melody. (K.) A2: See also حِبِرٌ.

حُبْرَةٌ: see حِبِرٌ.

حَبَرَةٌ: see حُبُورٌ: A2: and see also the next paragraph, in two places.

حِبَرَةٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ حَبَرَةٌ (K) A [garment of the kind called] بُرْد, (S, Mgh,) or a sort of بُرْد, (K,) of the fabric of El-Yemen, (S, Mgh, K,) striped (مُنَمَّرٌ [or this word, q. v., may perhaps signify spotted]); (TA;) a kind of garment of the fabric of El-Yemen, of cotton or linen, striped (مُخَطَّطٌ): (Msb:) pl. حِبَرٌ and حِبَرَاتٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and حَبَرٌ and حَبَرَاتٌ: (TA:) [or rather ↓ حِبَرٌ and ↓ حَبَرٌ are coll. gen. ns.] Accord. to Lth, (Az, Mgh, TA,) حبرة is not a place, nor a known thing, but only signifies وَشْىٌ [see حِبْرٌ]; (Az, Mgh, Msb, TA;) and one says بُرْدٌ حِبَرَةٌ (Msb, TA) and بُرُودٌ حِبَرَةٌ, (TA,) and بُرْدُ حِبَرَةٍ (Mgh, Msb, TA) and بُرُودُ حِبَرَةٍ, (Mgh, TA,) like as one says ثُوْبُ قِرْمِزٍ, the word قرمز signifying a certain dye. (Az, Msb, TA.) [The term ↓ حَبَرَةٌ is now applied in Egypt to A lady's outer covering of silk, black for the married, and white for the unmarried, worn in ridding and walking abroad; the former worn also by concubine slaves. See also حَبِيرٌ.]

حِبِرَةٌ: see حِبِرٌ.

حِبْرِىٌّ A seller of ink. (K.) ↓ حَبَّارٌ, also, is mentioned as having the same signification; and some say that analogy is a sufficient authority for it: but it is disallowed by F. (TA.) حِبَرِىٌّ, not ↓ حَبَّارٌ, (K,) or the latter is allowable on the ground of analogy, (MF,) A seller of the garments called حِبَرٌ. (K.) [See حِبَرَةٌ.]

حُبْرُورٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ حِبْرِيرٌ and ↓ حَبَرْبَرٌ and ↓ حُبُرْبُورٌ and ↓ يَحْبُورٌ [in the CK بَحْبُورٌ] and ↓ حُبُّورٌ (K) The young one of the حُبَارَى: (Msb, K:) pl. حَبَارِيرُ and حَبَابِيرُ. (K.) [See also يَحْبُورٌ below.]

حِبْرِيرٌ: see what next precedes.

حَبَرْبَرٌ: see what next precedes.

حُبُرْبُورٌ: see what next precedes.

حَبَارٌ: see حِبْرٌ. b2: Also The هَيْئَة [i. e. form, or aspect, or the like, or goodliness of form or aspect,] of a man. (Aboo-Safwán, Lh.) حِبَارٌ: see حِبْرٌ, in three places.

حُبُورٌ and ↓ حَبْرٌ, (S, K,) or ↓ حِبْرٌ, with kesr, (Msb,) and ↓ حَبَرٌ, which last occurs in a verse of El-'Ajjáj, for حَبْرٌ, [by poetic license,] (S,) and ↓ حَبْرَةٌ (A, K) and ↓ حَبَرَةٌ, (K,) Happiness, joy, or gladness: (S, Msb, K:) or the first signifies cheerfulness; i. e. pleasure, or delight, and dilatation of the heart, which has a visible effect in the aspect: (TA voce سُرُورٌ:) and the same word (IAth) and ↓ حَبْرَةٌ (Az, IAth, K) and ↓ حَبْرٌ, (K,) a state of ease and plenty; syn. نَعْمَةٌ: (IAth, K: [in the CK and in a MS. copy of the K, erroneously, نِعْمَة:]) or a state of complete, or perfect, ease and plenty: (Az:) and ampleness of the circumstances of life. (IAth.) [See 1. Hence the saying,] بَعْدَهَا عَبْرَــةٌ ↓ كُلُّ حَبْرَةٍ [After every state of happiness, or joy, &c., is a tear]. (A.) حَبِيرٌ A [garment of the kind called] بُرْد, variegated, (مُوَشَّىِ,) (K,) [i. e.] striped. (TA.) One says بُرْدٌ حَبِيرٌ and بُرْدُ حَبِيرٍ. (TA.) [See also حِبَرَةٌ. Hence the saying,] لَبِسَ حَبِيرَ الحُبُورِ وَاسْتَوَى

عَلَى سَرِيرِ السُّرُورِ (tropical:) [He clad himself with the mantle of cheerfulness, and seated himself firmly upon the couch of happiness]. (A.) b2: Also, applies to a garment, or piece of cloth, New: (S, K:) and soft and new; (K, TA;) applied to the same; (TA;) and so ↓ حَبِرٌ; (K;) which also signifies a soft thing: (TA:) pl. of the former حُبْرٌ. (K.) b3: And Clouds; syn. سَحَابٌ: (S:) or clouds spotted (مُنَمَّرٌ); (K;) in which one sees what resembles تَنْمِير, by reason of the abundance of their water; but Er-Riyáshee disapproves of this. (TA.) حُبَارَى [a word respecting which J says,] its alif [written ى] is not the fem. alif nor the alif of quasi-coordination; [as F says of the alif of قَبَعْثَرًى, though he finds fault with J for saying thus of the alif of حُبَارَى; (see أَلِفُ التَّكْثِيرِ, in art. ا)] the name [says J] being only composed with it, so that it is as it were a part of the word itself, which is imperfectly decl. when determinate and when indeterminate; i. e., without tenween: (S:) but its alif is the fem. alif; for were it not so, it would be perfectly decl.; (K;) and J says that it is imperfectly decl.: (TA:) and his saying that the alif is [as it were] a part of the word itself is a strange expression, for which it would be difficult to give an answer, and which therefore requires not exorbitance: but “ it is sufficient excellence for a man that his faults may be counted: ” (M:) [A species of bustard;] a certain bird, (S, Msb, K,) well known, of the form of the goose, with a dustcolour upon its head and belly, and the back and wings of which are for the most part of the colour of the quail; (Msb;) or it is a long-necked bird, of an ash-colour, of the form of the goose, with a beak somewhat long, and that is preyed upon, but does not itself prey: Az says that it does not drink water, and that it lays its eggs in distant sands: [the truth is, that it drinks seldom: the male bird has a pouch, extending from beneath the tongue to the breast, said to be large enough to contain seven quarts of water; and it has been supposed by some that he fills this with water for the supply of himself and his mate:] and Az further says, We used, when we journeyed, to proceed in the mountains of EdDahnà, and sometimes we picked up in one day between four and eight of its eggs: it lays four eggs, of a bluish colour, more delicious in taste than those of the domestic hen and than those of the ostrich: and others say that it brings its food from a greater distance than any other bird; sometimes from a distance of many days' journey: also, that it is constantly provided with a thin excrement, or dung, which it voids upon the hawk when pursued by the latter; thus saving itself, by preventing the hawk from continuing its flight, and, as some say, causing its feathers to drop off: whence the prov., أَسْلَحُ مِنْ حُبَارَى: [see art. سلح:] (TA:) حُبَارَى is applied alike to the male and the female, and used as sing. and pl.: (S, K:) but it has pl. forms, (TA,) namely, حُبَارَيَاتٌ (S, Msb, K, TA) and حُبَارَاتٌ: (TA:) accord. to Sb, it has not حَبَارٍ, [in the TA incorrectly written حَبَارِى, as though it had the article ال prefixed to it, or were prefixed to another noun,] nor حَبَائِرُ, [though both of these are mentioned as pls. of it in several of the grammars of the Arabs,] in order to distinguish between حُبَارَى and nouns of the measures فَعْلَآءُ and فِعَالَةٌ and the like. (TA.) It is said in a prov., وَكُلُّ شَىْءٍ قَدْ يُحِبُّ وَلَدَهْ حَتَّى الحُبَارَى وَتَطِيرُ عَنَدَهُ [And everything certainly loves its offspring: even the bustard; and it flies by its side]: (S, Mgh: *) [in the TA, وَيَدِفُّ عَنَدَهْ:] it flies by the side of its young one to teach it to fly before its wings have grown, because of its stupidity: (TA:) the حبارى is thus specially mentioned because it is proverbial for stupidity, and, notwithstanding its stupidity, loves its offspring, and teaches it to fly. (S, Mgh.) Another prov. is, فُلَانٌ مَيِّتْ كَمَدَ الحُبَارَى [Such a one is dying with the concealed grief of the bustard]: because the حبارى moults with other birds, but its new feathers are slow in coming: so when the other birds fly, it is unable to do so, and dies of concealed grief. (TA.) [See also حُبْرُورٌ, and يَحْبُورٌ.]

حَبَّارٌ: see حِبْرِىٌّ: b2: and حِبَرِىٌّ.

حُبُّورٌ: see حُبْرُورٌ.

حَابُورٌ A sitting-place, or a company sitting together, (مَجْلِس,) of unrighteous persons [or revellers]: (S, K:) from حَبَرَهُ “ it made him happy,” &c. (S.) مًحْبَرَةٌ, (Msb, K,) which is the most approved form, (Msb, TA,) and ↓ محْبَرَةٌ, (S, Msb,) because it is an instrument, (Msb, TA,) a correct form, though said in the K to be incorrect, (TA,) and ↓ مَحْبُرَةٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ مَحْبُرَّةٌ, (K,) the last used by poetic license, (TA,) The place, (S, K,) or earthern pot, or glass bottle, (TA,) in which ink is put: (S, K, TA:) pl. مَحَابِرُ. (Msb.) A2: Also, the first of these words, A thing, or things, in which happiness, joy, or gladness, is usually found: such are women said to be. (TA from a trad.) [A cause of happiness, joy, or gladness; agreeably with analogy: of the same class as مَجْبَنَةٌ and مَبْخَلَةٌ.]

مَحْبُرَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

مِحْبَرَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

مَحْبُرَّةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

مُحَبَّرٌ A man (T) having his skin marked by the bites of fleas. (T, K.) b2: An arrow well pared. (K.) يَحْبُورٌ, applied to a man, [Very happy, joyful, glad, or cheerful;] of the measure يَفْعُولٌ from الحُبُورُ: (S:) a soft, tender, or delicate, man: pl. يَحَابِيرُ. (AA, TA.) A2: A certain bird: or the male of the حُبَارَى: or its young one. (K.) See حُبْرُورٌ.

سوع

1 سَاعَتِ الإِبِلُ, aor. ـُ (S, K,) inf. n. سَوْعٌ, (S,) The camels were left to themselves, (S, K,) without a pastor; (K;) as also ساعت with تَسِيعُ for its aor. and سَيْعٌ for its inf. n. (Sh.) 3 عَامَلَهُ مُسَاوَعَةً [He bargained with him for work by, or for, the hour,] is from السَّاعَةُ, like مُيَاوَمَةً from اليَوْمُ. (S, K. [See also the last sentence of the second paragraph of art. سعى.]) [It is added in the S, that neither of them is used otherwise than thus: but accord. to SM one says also,] ساوعهُ, inf. n. سِوَاعٌ, He hired him, or took him as a hireling, for the hour. (TA.) 4 اساعهُ He left to himself, or itself, left alone, or neglected, and lost, or destroyed, him, or it. (K.) Er-Rághib says, [but why, I do not well see,] that the meaning of neglecting, or the like, is imagined as derived from السَّاعَةُ. (TA.) You say, أَسَعْتُ الإِبِلَ I left the camels to themselves, left them alone, or neglected them. (S.) And رُبَّ نَاقَةٍ تُسِيعُ وَلَدَهَا حَتَّى تَأْكُلَهُ السِّبَاعُ, meaning [Scarce, or many, a she-camel] leaves to itself, or leaves alone, or neglects, her young one [so that the beasts of prey devour it]. (TA.) [See also 4 in art. سيع.]

A2: أَسْوَعَ He (a man, Zj) passed from سَاعَة to سَاعَة [i. e. time to time, or hour to hour]; (Zj, K;) as also اساع, inf. n. إِسَاعَةٌ: (Zj, TA:) or he remained behind, or held back, or delayed, for a سَاعَة [i. e. a time, or an hour]. (Ibn-'Abbád, K.) سَاعٌ: see سَاعَةٌ, in two places.

سَوْعٌ and ↓ سُوَاعٌ i. q. هدْءٌ, as used in the phrase, جَآءَنَا بَعْدَ سَوْعٍ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ [He came to us after a period, or portion, of the night; or after about a third or fourth part of the night had elapsed, when men were asleep, or at rest, and the night, and the foot of the passenger, were still; or after a third part of the night]: (S, K: *) or this phrase means he come to us after a سَاعَة [i. e. a short period, or an hour,] of the night. (TA.).

سَاعَةٌ [An hour;] one of the divisions of the night and the day; (Lth, K, TA;) both of which together consist of four and twenty of those divisions; each of them, when they are of equal length, consisting of twelve such divisions; (TA;) [also termed سَاعَةٌ فَلَكِيَّةٌ (an astronomical hour; fifteen دَرَجَات of time; sixty minutes of time;) because ساعة alone is often used in a vague sense, as meaning what is termed سَاعَةٌ زَمَانِيَّةٌ; i. e.] a time of night or of day: but used absolutely by the Arabs as meaning a time; a while; a space, or period; an indefinite [short] time; and a little while; (Msb;) a [short or] little portion, or division, [or space, or period,] of the night and of the day: (TA:) and السَّاعَةُ signifies the pre-sent time: (S, K:) pl. سَاعَاتٌ and ↓ سَاعٌ, (S, Msb, K,) [or the latter is rather a coll. gen. n. of which ساعة is the n. un.,] and سِوَاعٌ. (Msb.) It is used unrestricted in the Kur [vii. 32 and in other places], where it is said, لَا يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ سَاعَةً (Msb) They will not remain behind (Bd) for a time, or any while, (Msb,) or the shortest time: or they shall not seek to remain behind, by reason of intense terror. (Bd.) And so in a trad., where it is said, مَنْ رَاحَ فِى السَّاعَةِ الأُولَى Whoso goeth in the first time; not in the first astronomical ساعة, for then it would necessarily mean that he who should come in the latter part thereof would be on a par with the former person, which is not the case. (Msb.) [سَاعَةً signifies, as shown above, For, or during, an hour: and awhile; for a little while; during a short time; as in the phrase,] جَلَسْتُ عِنْدَكَ سَاعَةً I sat with thee, or at thine abode, for a little while, or during a short time. (TA.) [And فِى سَاعَةٍ, In a short time: in a moment. And السَّاعَةَ, Now: just now: this moment. And سَاعَتَئِذٍ, Then; at that time: or in that hour.] And مُذْ سَاعَةٌٍ [A little while ago;] in the first time near to us: (K in art. انف:) or this signifies السَّاعَةَ [expl. above]. (Zj, T and M in art. انف.) [And مِنْ سَاعَتِهِ At the moment thereof; instantly. Hence, سَمَّ سَاعَةٍ An instantaneous poison.] b2: السَّاعَةُ also signifies (tropical:) The resurrection; (S, K, TA;) the raising of mankind for the reckoning; also termed السَّاعَةُ الكُبْرَى: (Er-Rághib, B:) or the time thereof: (K:) because of the quickness with which its reckoning will be accomplished: (TA:) or because it will come suddenly upon mankind, in a moment, and all creatures will die at one cry. (Zj, Az, TA.) Hence, in the Kur [liv. 1], اِقْتَرَبَتِ السَّاعَةُ (tropical:) The resurrection [or the time thereof] hath drawn nigh. (Jel, TA.) And [in vii. 186 and lxxix. 42,] يَسْأَلُونَكَ عَنِ السَّاعَةِ (tropical:) They ask thee concerning the resurrection [or the time thereof]. (Bd, Jel, TA.) And [in xxxi. last verse and xliii. 85,] عِنْدَهُ عِلْمُ السَّاعَةِ (tropical:) With Him is the knowledge of the resurrection, (TA,) or of the time thereof. (Bd, Jel.) b3: Also (assumed tropical:) The death of one generation; termed, for distinction, السَّاعَةُ الوُسْطَى: as in the saying of Mohammad, when he saw 'AbdAllah Ibn-Uneys, إِنْ يَطُلْ عُمْرُ هٰذَا الغُلَامِ لَمْ يَمُتْ حَتَّى تَقُومَ السَّاعَةُ (assumed tropical:) [If the life of this boy last long, he will not die until the death of the generation shall come to pass]: accordingly it is said that he was the last that died of the Companions. (Er-Rághib, B.) b4: Also (assumed tropical:) The death of any man; termed, for distinction, السَّاعَةُ الصُّغْرَى: as in the Kur [vi. 31], قَدْ خَسِرَ الَّذَينَ كَذَّبُوا بِلِقَآءِ اللّٰهِ حَتَّى إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ السَّاٰعَةُ بَغْتَةً (assumed tropical:) [They have suffered loss who disbelieved in, or denied as false, the meeting with God until, when death came to them suddenly]. (Er-Rághib, B) b5: Also (assumed tropical:) Difficulty, distress, or affliction; and so ↓ السَّاعُ. (TA.) b6: And (assumed tropical:) Distance, or remoteness. (TA.) A2: See also سَائِعٌ.

سَاعَةٌ سَوْعَآءُ A severe, grievous, or distressing [hour or time]; (S, K;) like the phrase لَيْلَةٌ لَيْلَآءُ. (S.) سُوَاعٌ: see سَوْعٌ.

A2: Also, (S, K, [in the CK erroneously without tenween,]) and سَوَاعٌ, (Kh, K,) A certain idol (S, K) which belonged to the people of Noah, (S,) in whose time it was worshipped; then the deluge buried it, but Iblees exhumed it, and it was worshipped [again]; (K;) so says Lth; (TA;) then it became the property of [the tribe of] Hudheyl, (S, K,) and was at Ruhát, (S,) and pilgrimage was performed to it: (S, K:) or it belonged to [the tribe of] Hemdán: (Bd, TA:) Abu-l-Mundhir says, I have not heard the mention of it in the poems of Hudheyl: but one of the Arabs, in verse, mentions Hudheyl as paying devotion to it: (TA:) it is said that it had the form of a woman: (Har p. 362:) [if so, as a fem. proper name, it would be without tenween: but] it is mentioned in the Kur [lxxi. 22, and is there with tenween]. (TA.) [See also وَدٌّ.]

هُوَ ضَائِعٌ سَائِعٌ He is left to himself, left alone, or neglected. (S, * K, * TA.) ↓ سَاعَةٌ [is pl. of سَائِعٌ; and also signifies] In a state of perdition or destruction; perishing; or dying; in a pl. sense; like جَاعَةٌ as signifying جِيَاعٌ, (K,) and طَاعَةٌ as signifying مُطِيعُونَ. (TA.) مُسِيعٌ: see the following paragraph.

مِسْيَاعٌ A she-camel that leaves her young one so that the beasts of prey devour it: (Sh, K:) or a she-camel that goes away in the place of pasturing: (S:) belonging to this art. and to art. سيع, q. v. (K.) You say also, رَجُلٌ مِضْيَاعٌ مِسْيَاعٌ لِلْمَالِ [A man who is wont to neglect the camels or the like; or to leave them to themselves, or alone; or to lose them]; and accord. to A'Obeyd, مُضِيعٌ

↓ مُسِيعٌ. (S.)

حجر

حَجَرَ, aor. ـُ (ISd, TA,) inf. n. حَجْرٌ (ISd, Mgh, K) and حُجْرٌ and حِجْرٌ and حُجْرَانٌ and حِجْرَانٌ, (ISd, K) He prevented, hindered, withheld, restrained, debarred, inhibited, forbade, prohibited, or interdicted, (ISd, Mgh, K,) عَلَيْهِ from him, or it: (ISd, TA:) [or عليه is here a mistranscription for عَنْهُ: for] you say, لَا حَجْرَ عَنْهُ, meaning There is no prevention, &c., from him, or it: (TA:) and حَجَرَ عَلَيْهِ, aor. ـُ inf. n. حَجْرٌ, (S, A, * Msb,) He (a Kádee, or judge, S, A) prohibited him (a young or a lightwitted person, TA) from using, or disposing of, his property according to his own free will: (S, A, Msb, TA:) or حَجَرَ عَلَيْهِ فِى مَالِهِ he (a Kádee) prevented, or prohibited, him from consuming, or wasting, or ruining, his property. (Mgh.) b2: See also 5: b3: and 8.2 حجّرهُ: see 5. b2: حجّر حَوْلَ أَرْضِهِ [He made a bound, or an enclosure, around his land]. (A. [Perhaps from what next follows; or the reverse may be the case.]) b3: حجّر عَيْنَ الَعِيرِ, (Msb,) inf. n. تَحْجِيرٌ, (S, L,) He burned a mark round the eye of the camel with a circular cauterizing instrument: (S, L, Msb:) and حجّر عَيْنَ الدَّابَّةِ, and حَوْلَهَا, [i. e. حَوْلَ عَيْنِهَا, like as is said in the A,] he burned a mark round the eye of the beast. (L.) A2: حَجَّرَ البَعِيرُ The camel had a mark burned round each of his eyes with a circular cauterizing instrument. (K. [Perhaps this may be a mistake for حُجِّرَ البَعِيرُ: or for حَجَّرَ البَعِيرَ, meaning he burned a mark round each of the eyes of the camel &c.: but see what follows.]) b2: حجّر القَمَرُ, (S, K,) inf. n. as above, (K,) The moon became surrounded by a thin line, which did not become thick: (S, K:) and (S [in the K “ or ”]) became surrounded by a halo in the clouds. (S K,) 5 تحجّر عَلَيْهِ He straitened him, (K, TA,) and made [a thing] unlawful to him, or not allowable. (TA.) And تحجّر مَا وَسَّعَهُ اللّٰهُ He made strait to himself what God made ample. (A.) And تَحَجَّرْتَ عَلَىَّ مَا وَسَّعَهُ اللّٰهُ Thou hast made strait and unlawful to me what God has made ample. (Mgh.) And تحّجر وَاسِعًا He made strait what was ample: (Msb:) or he made strait what God made ample, and made it to be peculiar to himself, exclusively of others; as also ↓ حَجَرَهُ and ↓ حجّرهُ. (TA.) A2: See also 8: A3: and 10. b2: [Hence, perhaps,] تحجّر لِلْبُرْءِ It (a wound) closed up, and consolidated, to heal. (TA from a trad.) 8 احتجر, (TA,) or احتجرحَجْرَةً, (S, Msb,) and ↓ استحجر and ↓ تحجّر, (K,) He made for himself a حُجْرَة [i. e. an enclosure for camels] (S, Msb, K.) b2: And hence, (Msb,) احتجر الأَرْضَ, (Mgh, Msb, K,) and ↓ حَجَرَهَا, (TA,) He placed a land-mark to the land, (Mgh, Msb, K,) to confine it, (Mgh, Msb,) and to prevent others from encroaching upon it. (Mgh, TA.) b3: احتجر بِهِ He sought protection by him, (A, * K,) as, for instance, by God, مِنَ اشَّيْطَانِ from the devil. (A.) A2: احتجر اللَّوْحَ He put the tablet in his حِجْر [or bosom]. (K.) 10 استحجر: see 8.

A2: Also It (clay) became stone: (TA:) or became hard; as when it is made into baked bricks: (Mgh:) or became hard like stone: (A, Msb;) as also ↓ تحجّر. (A.) b2: (assumed tropical:) He became emboldened or encouraged, or he emboldened or encouraged himself, (K TA,) عَلَيْهِ against him. (TA.) Q. Q. 1 حَنْجَرَهُ He slaughtered him by cutting his throat [in the part called the حنْجَرَة]. (K in art. حنجر.) حَجْرٌ: see حِجْرٌ, in three places.

A2: Also, and ↓ حِجْرٌ, (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K TA,) [the latter of which I have found to be the more common in the present day,] and ↓ حُجْرٌ, (K, [but this I have not found in any other lexicon, and the TA, by implication, disallows it,]) The حِضْن; (Mgh, Msb, K;) [i. e. the bosom; or breast; agreeably with explanations of حِضْن in the K: or] the part beneath the armpit, extending to the flank; (Mgh, Msb;) [agreeably with other explanations of حِضْن;] of a man or woman: (S A, Mgh, Msb, K:) pl. حُجُورٌ. (S, Msb.) Hence the saying, (Mgh,) فُلَانٌ فِى حَجْرِ فُلَانٍ (assumed tropical:) Such a one is in the protection of such a one; (Az, T, Mgh, Msb;) as also ↓ فى حَجْرَتِهِ. (TA.) And نَشَأَ ↓ فِى حِجْرِهِ and حَجْرِهِ (assumed tropical:) He grew up in his care and protection. (K.) b2: Also ↓ حِجْرٌ (T, K) and حَجْرٌ (T, TA) [The bosom as meaning] the fore part of the garment; or the part, thereof, between one's arms. (T, K.) b3: See also حَجْرَةٌ: b4: and مَحْجِرُ العَيْنِ.

A3: Also An extended gibbous tract of sand. (K.) حُجْرٌ: see حِجْرٌ, in three places:

A2: and حَجْرٌ: b2: and مَحْجِرُ العَيْنِ.

حِجْرٌ (S A, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ حُجْرٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ حَجْرٌ, (S, K,) of which the first is the most chaste, (S,) and ↓ مَحْجَرٌ (S, K) and ↓ حَاجُورٌ (K) [and ↓ مَحْجُورٌ], Forbidden, prohibited, unlawful, inviolable, or sacred. (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K.) Each of the first three forms occurs in different readings of the Kur vi. 139. (S.) You say, هٰذَا حِجْرٌ عَلَيْكَ This is forbidden, or unlawful, to thee. (A.) In the time of paganism, a man meeting another whom he feared, in a sacred month, used to say, ↓ حِجْرًا مَحْجُورًا, meaning It is rigorously forbidden to thee [to commit an act of hostility against me] in this month: and the latter, thereupon, would abstain from any aggression against him: and so, on the day of resurrection, the polytheists, when they see the punishment, will say to the angels, thinking that it will profit them: (Lth, S: *) but Az says that I' Ab and his companions explain these words [occurring in the Kur xxv. 24] otherwise, i. e., as said by the angels, and meaning, the joyful annunciation is forbidden to be made to you: and accord. to El-Hasan, the former word will be said by the sinners, and the latter is said by God, meaning it will be forbidden to them to be granted refuge or protection as they used to be in their former life in the world: but Az adds, it is more proper to regard the two words as composing one saying: (TA:) and the latter word is a corroborative of the former, like مَائِتٌ in the expression مَوْتٌ مَائِتٌ. (Bd.) The same words in the Kur xxv. 55 signify A strong mutual repugnance, or incongruity; as though each said what one says who seeks refuge or protection from another: or, as some say, a defined limit. (Bd.) A man says to another, “Dost thou so and so, O such a one?” and the latter replies حِجْرًا, or ↓ حُجْرًا, or ↓ حَجْرًا, meaning [I pray for] preservation, and acquitment, from this thing; a meaning reducible to that of prohibition, and of a thing that is prohibited. (Sb.) The Arabs say, on the occasion of a thing that they disapprove, لَهُ ↓ حُجْرًا, with damm, meaning, May it be averted. (S.) b2: Homeyd Ibn-Thowr says, فَهَمَمْتُ أَنْ أَغْشَى إِلَيْهَا مَحْجَرًا وَلَمِثْلُهَا يُغْشَى إِلَيْهِ المَحْجَرُ meaning, And I purposed doing to her a forbidden action: and verily the like of her is one to whom that which is forbidden is done. (S, K.) ↓ مَحْجَرٌ is also explained as signifying حُرْمَةٌ; [app. meaning a thing from which one is bound to refrain, from a motive of respect or reverence;] and to have this meaning in the verse above. (Az.) b3: Also, the first of these words, Any حَائِط [i. e. garden, or walled garden of palm-trees,] which one prohibits [to the public]. (S.) b4: and الحِجْرُ That [space] which is comprised by [the curved wall called] the حَطِيم, (S, A, Mgh, K,) which encompasses the Kaabeh on the north [or rather north-west] side; (S, A, K;) on the side of the spout: (Mgh:) or the حطيم [itself], which encompasses the Kaabeh on the side of the spout. (Msb.) [It is applied to both of these in the present day; but more commonly to the former.] b5: Also, حِجْرٌ, The anterior pudendum of a man and of a woman; and so ↓ حَجْرٌ: (K, TA:) the latter the more chaste. (TA.) b6: A mare; the female of the horse: (S, A, Msb, K:) and a mare kept for breeding; (A;) as though her womb were forbidden to all but generous horses: (T:) but in the latter sense the sing. is scarcely ever used; though its pl., the first of the following forms, (as well as the second, A,) is used to signify mares kept for breeding: (K:) ↓ حِجْرَةٌ, as a sing., is said by F and others to be a barbarism: it occurs in a trad.; but perhaps the ة is there added to assimilate it to بَغْلَةٌ, with which it is there coupled: (MF:) the pl. [of pauc.] is أَحْجَارٌ (Msb, K) and [of mult.] حُجُورٌ (A, Msb, K) and حُجُورَةٌ. (K.) A poet says, إِذَا خَرِسَ الفَحْلُ وَسْطَ الحُجُورِ وَصَاحَ الكِلَابُ وَعَقَّ الوَلَدْ When the stallion, seeing the army and the gleaming swords, is mute in the midst of the mares kept for breeding, and does not look towards them, and the dogs bark at their masters, because of the change of their appearances, and children behave undutifully to their mothers whom fear diverts from attending to them. (A.) b7: Relationship [that prohibits marriage]; nearness with respect to kindred. (Msb, K.) b8: Understanding, intelligence, intellect, mind, or reason: (S, A, Msb, K:) so in the Kur lxxxix. 4: (S, Bd:) thus called because it forbids that which it does not behoove one to do. (Bd.) One says, فِى ذٰلِكَ عِبْرَــةٌ لِذِي حِجْرٍ In that is an admonition to him who possesses understanding, &c. (A.) A2: See also حَجُرٌ, in three places.

حَجَرٌ [A stone; explained in the K by صَخْرَةٌ; but this means “a rock,” or “a great mass of stone” or “of hard stone”]; (S, K, &c.;) so called because it resists, by reason of its hardness; (Mgh;) and ↓ أُحْجُرٌّ signifies the same: (Fr, K:) pl. (of pauc., of the former, S) أَحْجَارٌ (S, Mgh, K) and أَحْجُرٌ (K) and (of mult, S) حِجَارٌ and [more commonly] حِجَارَةٌ, (S, K,) which last is extr. [with respect to rule], (S,) or agreeable with a usage of the Arabs, which is, to add ة to any pl. of the measure فِعَالٌ or of that of فُعُولٌ, as in the instances of ذِكَارَةٌ and فِحَالَةٌ and ذُكُورَةٌ and فُحُولَةٌ. (AHeyth.) And (metonymically, TA) (tropical:) Sand: (IAar, K;) pl. أَحْجَارٌ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] أَهْلُ الحَجَرِ The people of the desert, who dwell in stony and sandy places: occurring in a trad., coupled with أَهْلُ المَدَرِ. (TA.) b3: الحَجَرُ الأَسْوَدُ, and simply الحَجَرُ, The [Black] Stone of the Kaabeh. (K, TA.) El-Farezdak applies to it, in one instance, the pl. الأَحْجَارُ, considering the sing. as applicable to every part of it. (TA.) b4: One says, فُلَانٌ حَجَرُ الأَرْضِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one is unequalled. (TA.) and رُمِىَ فُلَانٌ بِحَجَرِ الأَرْضِ (tropical:) Such a one has had a very sagacious and crafty and politic man made to be an assailant against him. (K, * TA.) El-Ahnaf Ibn-Keys said to 'Alee, when Mo'á-wiyeh named 'Amr Ibn-El-'Ás as one of the two umpires, قَدْ رُمِيتَ بِحَجَرِ الأَرْضِ فَاجْعَلْ مَعَهُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَعْقِدُ عُقْدَةً إِلَّا حَلَّهَا (assumed tropical:) Thou hast had a most exceedingly sagacious and crafty and politic man made to be an assailant against thee: so appoint thou with him Ibn-'Abbás; for he will not tie a knot but he shall untie it: meaning one that shall stand firm like a stone upon the ground. (L from a trad.) One says also, رُمىَ فُلَانٌ بِحَجَرِهِ, meaning (tropical:) Such a one was coupled [or opposed] with his like: (A:) [as though he had a stone suited to the purpose of knocking him down cast at him.] b5: لِلْعَاهِرِ الحَجَرُ, occurring in a trad., means (assumed tropical:) For the fornicator, or adulterer, disappointment, and prohibition: accord. to some, it is meant to allude to stoning; [and it may have had this meaning in the first instance in which it was used;] but [in general] this is not the case; for every fornicator is not to be stoned. (IAth, TA.) [See also art. عهر.] b6: الحَجَرُ Gold: and silver. (K.) Both together are called الحَجَرَانِ. (S.) حَجِرٌ [Stony; abounding with stones]. Yousay أَرْضٌ حَجِرَةٌ [so in several copies of the K; in the CK حَجْرَةٌ;] Land abounding with stones; as also ↓ حَجِيرَةٌ and ↓ مُتَحَجِّرَةٌ. (K.) حُجُرٌ The flesh surrounding the nail. (K.) حَجْرَةٌ A severe year, that confines men to their tents, or houses, so that they slaughter their generous camels to eat them. (L in art. نبت, on a verse of Zuheyr.) A2: A side; an adjacent tract or quarter; (ISd, K;) as also ↓ حَجْرَةٌ: (EM p. 281:) pl. of the former ↓ حَجْرٌ, [or rather this is a coll. gen. n., of which the former is the n. un.,] and حَجَرَاتٌ (S, K) and ↓ حَوَاجِرُ: (K:) the last is mentioned by ISd as being thought by him to be a pl. of حَجْرَةٌ in the sense above explained, contr. to analogy. (TA.) Hence, حَجْرَةٌ قَوْمٍ The tract or quarter adjacent to the abode of a people. (S.) And حَجْرَتَا الطَّرِيقِ The two sides of the road. (TA.) And حَجْرَتَا عَسْكَرٍ The two sides of an army; (A, TA;) its right and left wings. (TA.) And قَعَدَ حَجْرَةً He sat aside. (A.) And سَارَ حَجْرَةً He journeyed aside, by himself. (TA.) And ↓ مَحْجَرًا is also said to signify the same, in the following ex.: تَرْعَى مَحْجَرًا وَتَبْرُكُ وَسَطًا She (the camel) pastures aside, and lies down in the middle. (TA.) It is said in a prov., يَرْبِضُ حَجْرَةً وَيَرْتَعِى وَسَطًا He lies down aside, and pastures in the middle: (S:) or فُلَانٌ يَرْعَى وَسَطًا وَيَرْبِضُ حَجْرَةً Such a one pastures in the middle, and lies down aside: (TA:) applied to a man who is in the midst of a people when they are in prosperity, and when they become in an evil state leaves them, and lies down apart: the prov. is ascribed to Gheylán Ibn-Mudar. (IB.) Imra-el--Keys says, [addressing Khálid, in whose neighbourhood he had alighted and sojourned, and who had demanded of him some horses and riding-camels to pursue and overtake a party that had carried off some camels belonging to him (Imra-el-Keys), on Khálid's having gone away, and returned without anything,] فَدَعْ عَنْكَ نَهْبًا صِيحَ حَجَرَاتِهِ وَلٰكِنْ حَدِيثًا مَا حَديثُ الرَّوَاحِلِ [Then let thou alone spoil by the sides of which a shouting was raised: but relate to me a story. What is the story of the riding-camels?]: hence the prove., الحُكْمُ لِلّهِ وَدَعْ عَنْكَ نَهْبًا صِيحَ فِى حَجَرَاتِهِ [Dominion belongeth to God: then let thou alone &c.]; said with reference to him who has lost part of his property and after that lost what is of greater value. (TA.) [And hence the saying,] قَدِ انْتَشَرَتْ حَجْرَتُهُ (assumed tropical:) His property has become large, or ample. (S.) b2: See also حَجْرٌ.

حُجْرَةٌ An enclosure (حَظِيرَةٌ) for camels. (S, K.) b2: [And hence,] The حُجْرَة of a house; (S;) [i. e.] a chamber [in an absolute sense, and so in the present day]; syn. بَيْتٌ: (Msb:) or an upper chamber; syn. غُرْفَةٌ: (K:) pl. حُجَرٌ and حُجُرَاتٌ (S, Msb, K) and حُجَرَاتٌ and حُجْرَاتٌ. (Z, Msb, K.) b3: See also حَجْرَةٌ.

حِجْرَةٌ: see حِجْرٌ.

حُجْرِىٌّ and حِجْرِىٌّ A right, or due; a thing, or quality, to be regarded as sacred, or inviolable; (K;) a peculiar attribute. (TA.) أَرْضٌ حَجِيرَةٌ: see حَجِرٌ.

حَاجِرٌ The part of the brink (شَفَة) of a valley that retains the water, (S, K,) and surrounds it; (ISd;) as also ↓ حَاجُورٌ: pl. of the former حُجْرَانٌ. (S, K.) High land or ground, the middle of which is low, or depressed; (K;) as also ↓ مَحْجِرٌ: (TA:) and ↓ مَحَاجِرُ [pl. of the latter] low places in the ground, retaining water. (A.) A fertile piece of land, abounding with herbage, low, or depressed, and having elevated borders, upon which the water is retained. (AHn.) A place where water flows, or where herbs grow, surrounded by high ground, or by an elevated river. (T, TA.) A place where trees of the kind called رِمْث grow; where they are collected together; and a place which they surround: (M, K:) pl. as above. (K.) b2: A wall that retains water between houses: so called because encompassing. (TA.) حَاجُورٌ: see حِجْرٌ: b2: and حَاجِرٌ. b3: Also A refuge; a means of protection or defence: analogous with عَاثُورٌ, which signifies “a place of perdition:” whence, وَقَالَ قَائِلُهُمْ إِنَّى بِحَاجُورِ And their sayer said, Verily I lay hold on that which will protect me from thee and repel thee from me; مُتَمَسِّكٌ being understood. (TA.) حَوَاجِرُ: see حَجْرَةٌ.

حَنْجَرَةٌ and ↓ حُنْجُورٌ, (S, K,) each with an augmentative ن, (S, Msb,) [The head of the windpipe; consisting of a part, or the whole, of the larynx: but variously explained; as follows:] the windpipe; syn. حُلْقُومٌ: (S, K:) or the former [has this meaning, i. e.], the passage of the breath: (Mgh, Msb:) or the extremity of the حلقوم, at the entrance of the passage of the food and drink: (Bd in xxxiii. 10:) or [the head of the larynx, composed of the two arytenoides;] two of the successively-superimposed cartilages of the حلقوم (طَبَقَانِ مِنْ أَطْبَاقِ الحُلْقُومِ), next the غَلْصَمَة [or epiglottis], where it is pointed: or the inside, or cavity, of the حلقوم: and so ↓ حُنْجُورٌ: (TA in art. حنجر:) or ↓ the latter is syn. with حَلْقٌ [q. v.]: (Msb:) pl. حَنَاجِرُ. (K.) حُنْجُورٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in three places. b2: Also A small سَفَط [or receptacle for perfumes and the like]. (K.) b3: And A glass flask or bottle (قَارُورَة), (K, TA,) of a small size, (TA,) for ذَرِيرةَ [q. v.]. (K, TA.) أُحْجُرٌّ: see حَجَرٌ.

مَحْجِرٌ: see حِجْرٌ, in four places. b2: Also, (S,) or ↓ مَحْجِرٌ and ↓ مِحْجَرٌ, (K,) The tract surrounding a town or village: (S, K:) [pl. مَحَاجِرُ.] Hence the مَحَاجِر of the kings (أَقْيَال) of ElYemen, which were Places of pasturage, whereof each of them had one, in which no other person pastured his beasts: (S, K:) the محجر of a قَيْل of El-Yemen was his tract of land into which no other person than himself entered. (T.) b3: See also حَجْرَةٌ. b4: And see مَحْجرُ العَيْنِ.

مَحْجِرٌ (S, K) and ↓ مِحْجَرٌ (K) A garden surrounded by a wall; or a garden of trees; syn. حَدِيقَةٌ: (S, K:) or a low, or depressed, place of pasture: (T, TA:) or a place in which is much pasture, with water: (A, * TA:) pl. مَحَاجِرُ. (S, A.) See also حَاجِرٌ for the former word and its pl.: and see مَحْجَرٌ. b2: مَحْجِرُ العَيْنِ (S, K, &c.) and ↓ مَحْجَرُهَا (TA) and ↓ مِحْحَرُها (K) and simply المحجر (Msb, TA) and ↓ الحَجْرُ (K) and ↓ الحُجْرُ, which occurs in a verse of El-Akhtal, (IAar,) [The part which is next below, or around, the eye, and which appears when the rest of the face is veiled by the نِقَاب or the بُرْقُع:] that part [of the face, next below the eye,] which appears from out of the [kind of veil called] نِقَاب (T, S, A, Msb, K) of a woman (A, Msb, K) and of a man, from the lower eyelid; and sometimes from the upper: (Msb:) or the part that surrounds the eye (Msb, K) on all sides, (Msb,) and appears from out of the [kind of veil called] بُرْقُع: (Msb, K:) or the part of the bone beneath the eyelid, which encompasses the eye: (TA:) and محجر العين means also what appears from beneath the turban of a man when he has put it on: (K: [accord. to the TA, the turban itself; but this is a meaning evidently derived from a mistranscription in a copy of the K, namely, عِمَامَتُهُ for عِمَامَتِهِ:]) also محجرُالوَجْهِ that part of the face against which the نقاب lies: and المحجر the eye [itself]: (T, TA:) the pl. of محجر is مَحَاجِرُ. (A, Msb.) مِحْجَرٌ: see مَحْجَرٌ: b2: and see also مَحْجِرٌ, in two places.

مَحْجُورٌ عَلَيْهِ, for which the doctors of practical law say مَحْجُورٌ only, omitting the preposition and the pronoun governed by it, on account of the frequent usage of the term, A person prohibited [by a kádee] from using, or disposing of, his property according to his own free will: (Msb:) or prohibited from consuming, or wasting, or ruining, his property. (Mgh.) b2: See also حِجْرٌ, in two places.

أَرْضٌ مُتَحَجِّرَةٌ: see حَجِرٌ.

بدر

1 بَدَرَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بَدْرٌ, It (the moon) became full. (Msb.) b2: (tropical:) He (a boy) became full-grown and round; implying comparison to the full moon. (TA.) b3: (assumed tropical:) It (fruit) attained to maturity. (TA, from a trad.) [See also 4.] b4: It rose like the full moon. (Er Rághib.) A2: See also 3, in six places. b2: بَدَرَتْ مِنْهُ بَوَادِرُ غضَبٍ: and بَدَرَت بَوَادِرُ الخَيْلِ: see بَادِرَةٌ. b3: بَدَرَتِ الإِبِلَ She (a camel) brought forth at an earlier period of the year than the other camels. (TA.) [See بَدْرِيَّةٌ, voce بَدْرِىٌّ.] b4: خَرَجْتُ أَبْدُرُ (tropical:) I went forth to make water. (A.) 3 بادرهُ, inf. n. مُبَادَرَةٌ and بِدَارٌ; and ↓ ابتدرهُ; He hastened, or made haste, or strove to be first or beforehand, in doing [or attaining or obtaining] it; (M, K, TA, TK;) namely, a thing: (M:) and غَيْرُهُ إِلَيْهِ ↓ بَدَرَ, (M, K,) aor. ـُ and بادرهُ اليه; (M;) He hastened with another, or vied or strove with him in hastening, to it [or to do or attain or obtain it]: syn. عَاجَلَهُ, (M, K, TA,) and أَسْرَعَ إِلَيْهِ. (TA.) بادر [as well as ↓ بَدَرَ and ↓ ابتدر] denotes mutual effort only when it is immediately trans.: when it is trans. by means of إِلَى [or بِ (the former in the TA written by mistake على], there is nothing to show that it denotes this. (MF.) [But it is often immediately trans. without its denoting such effort.] One says, بادرهُ He hastened to do it [&c., as explained above]; meaning, a thing that he desired, or wished for: (TA:) [and بادربِهِ signifies the same; or he hastened with it: and the former signifies also he betook himself early to him or it:] and بادر إِلَيْهِ he hastened to it; (S, A;) as also اليه ↓ بَدَرَ, (S, Mgh, Msb,) aor. ـُ (S,) inf. n. بُدُورٌ: (S, Msb:) or, accord. to Zj, agreeably with its derivation, [see بَدْرٌ,] he employed the fulness of his power, or force, to hasten [to it]: (TA:) and الأَمْرٌ ↓ بَدَرَهُ, and ↓ بَدَرَ

إِلَيْهِ, (aor.

بَدُرَ, inf. n. بَدْرٌ, TA, [or بُدُورٌ, as above,]) the thing, or event, came to him, or happened to him, hastily, quickly, or speedily; and, beforehand [or before he expected it]; syn. عَجِلَ, (M, K,) and سَبَقَ, (M,) or اِسْتَبَقَ: (K:) [and مِنْهُ قَوْلٌ ↓ بَدَرَ, and فِعْلٌ, a saying, and an action, proceeded from him hastily, without premeditation: see بَادِرَةٌ.] It is said in a trad., بَادِرُوا بِالْأَعْمَالِ هَرَمًا [Strive ye to be before decrepitude with good works; i. e., to perform them before decrepitude]. (El-Jámi' es-Sagheer.) And in another, بَادِرُوا الصُّبْحَ بِالْوِتْرِ [Strive ye to be before daybreak with the prayers termed وتر; i. e., to perform them before daybreak]. (Idem.) And in another, بَادِرُوا بِصَلاَةِ المَغْرِبِ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ النَّجْمِ [Hasten ye with, or to perform, the prayer of sunset before the rising of the star]. (Idem.) You say also, فُلَانٌ يُبَادِرُ فِى

أَكْلِ مَالِ اليَتِيمِ [Such a one hastens in consuming the property of the orphan before the latter is of full age]. (A.) And بَادَرَ كِبَرَ اليَتِيمِ [He hastened to be before the orphan's attaining to full age in expending his property]; said of a guardian; i. q. فِي مَالِ اليَتِيمِ ↓ أَبْدَرَ: (K:) and thus, بِدَارًاأَنْ يَكْبَرُوا, in the Kur [iv. 5], means hastening to be before their attaining to full age in expending their property. (Bd, * Jel.) And بادرهُ الغَايَةَ and إِلَى الغَايَةِ [He strove with him in hastening, or strove to get before him, to the goal]. (A.) and الغَايَةَ ↓ ابتدر and إِلَى الغَايَةِ [He strove in hastening, or strove to get first, to the goal]. (Ham p. 46.) And بَادَرَ بَعْضُهُمْ بَعْضًا إِلَى أَمْرٍ, and أَمْرًا ↓ ابتدروا, and ↓ تبادروهُ, They vied, or strove, one with another, in hastening to a thing, or an affair, trying which of them would be first. (T.) 4 ابدر He had the full moon rising to him, (S, M, K,) or upon him: (A:) a verb similar to أَقْمَرَ and أَشْرَقَ: (A:) or he journeyed during a night of full moon. (T, K.) A2: It (an unripe date) became red. (TA.) [See also 1.]

A3: ابدر فِى المَالِ اليَتِيمِ: see 3.6 تبادروا They hastened together; vied, or strove, one with another, in hastening; made haste to be, or get, before one another; strove, one with another, to be first, or beforehand. (S, TA.) You say, تبادروا إِلَي أَخْذِ السِّلَاحِ, (TA,) and السِّلَاحَ ↓ ابتدروا, (S, TA,) They hastened together, &c., to take the weapons. (S.) and تبادروا البَاعَ [They hastened together; or vied, or strove, one with another, in hastening; to attain power, or eminence, or nobility] ; as also ↓ ابتدروهُ. (A.) nd تبادروا أَمْرًآ: see 3, last sentence. b2: هٰذَا مَا يَتَبَادَرُ مِنْهُ (assumed tropical:) [This meaning is what appears from it (namely, the phrase, or sentence,) at first sight]. (A phrase of frequent occurrence in the TA &c.) 8 إِبْتَدَرَ see 3, in four places; and see 6, in two places. b2: اِبْتَدَرَتْ عَيْنَاىَ My eyes flowed with tears. (TA, from a trad.) Q. Q. 1 بَيْدَرَ He heaped up wheat. (K.) بَدْرٌ, (S, A, Msb, K, &c.,) originally an inf. n., (Msb,) The full moon; (M, A, Msb, K;) as also ↓ بَادِرٌ; (L, K;) the moon in its fourteenth night: (S:) or the latter signifies [simply] the moon: (IAar, T:) the moon in its fourteenth night is called بدر because it hastens to rise before the sun sets; (S, M;) and to set before the sun rises: (TA:) or because of its fulness; (S, TA;) as being likened to a بَدْرَة: or, as Er-Rághib thinks to be most probable, it is itself a primitive word: (TA:) pl. بُدُورٌ. (M, A.) Hence, لَيْلَةُ البَدْرِ [The night of the full moon; which is] the fourteenth night [of the lunar month]. (S.) b2: (tropical:) A lord, master, or chief, (M, K,) of a people: so called as being likened to the full moon. (M.) b3: Applied to a boy, (Zj, M, K,) (tropical:) Full of youthful vigour and of flesh: (Zj:) or full, or plump: (M:) or i. q. ↓ مُبَادِرٌ [precocious]. (T, K.) [In this sense, an epithet; and so its fem. بَدْرَةٌ (q. v.), applied to an eye.] b4: (tropical:) A cover; or a dish or plate; syn. طَبَقٌ: (Ibn-Wahb, K:) because resembling the full moon, being round: so Az thinks. (TA.) b5: See also بَدْرَةٌ, in two places.

بَدْرَةٌ, applied to an eye (عَيْنٌ), Quick-sighted; or that sees before others: (As, T, S, K, TA:) or that sees before [the eyes of] other horses; applied to a horse's eye: (IAar, T, M:) or sharp-sighted: or round and large: (M:) or full like the full moon: (S, K:) but the correct meaning is [said to be] that [mentioned above as] given by IAar: (M:) or, accord. to IAar, full; not defective. (T.) A2: Also, (S, M, K,) and ↓ بَدْرٌ, (K,) The skin of a lamb or kid (S, M, K) when it has been weaned, (Az, S, M,) used for milk: for [when it is killed] while it continues sucking, its skin, if used for milk, is called شَكْوَةٌ; and for clarified butter, عُكَّة: when it has been weaned, its skin for milk is called بَدْرَة; and for clarified butter, مِسْأَد: and when it is in its second year, its skin for milk is called وَطْب; and for clarified butter, نِحْى: (Az, S:) pl. (of the former, M) بِدَرٌ and بُدُورٌ: (M, K:) the former said by El-Fárisee to be the only instance of the kind except هِضَبٌ pl. of هَضْبَةٌ, and بِضَعٌ pl. of بَضْعَةٌ [or this may be pl. of بِضْعَةٌ]. (M. [But the assertion of El-Fárisee is incorrect (see حَيْضَةٌ), unless it be meant to apply only to sound words; and in this case, at least one addition should be made, namely قِصَعٌ pl. of قَصْعَةٌ.]) b2: Hence, (M,) the former word, (S, M, A, K, &c.,) and ↓ the latter also, (K,) The sum of ten thousand dirhems: (S, A:) or a purse containing a thousand, (T, M, K,) or ten thousand, dirhems, (T, M, * A, K,) or seven thousand deenárs: (K:) pl. بُدُورٌ, (TA,) and pl. of pauc.

بِدَرَاتٌ. (T.) اِسْتَبَقْنَا البَدَرَى We strove to outrun one another, vying, one with another, in haste. (M, K.) بَدْرِىٌّ Rain that is before (قَبْلَ), or a little before (قُبَيْلَ), or in the first part of (قُبُلَ), winter. (K, accord. to different copies: the second reading is that followed in the TA.) b2: بَدْرِيَّةُ A she-camel whose mother has brought her forth at an earlier period of the year than that when the others brought forth, and therefore more abundant in milk than others, and of a more generous quality. (M.) b3: And the former, A fat young camel weaned from its mother. (K.) بَدَارِىٌّ A lamb brought forth a little before winter. (TA.) بَادِرٌ: see بَدْرٌ.

بَيْدَرٌ a word of the dial. of El-'Irák, (A 'Obeyd in art. ربد in the TA,) A place in which wheat, (S, Mgh, K,) or grain, (Msb,) is trodden out. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) b2: It may also mean, tropically, (tropical:) The wheat and straw therein: (Mgh:) or rather, as Az says, on the authority of IAar, it signifies [also] (Mgh) reaped grain collected together; or wheat collected together in the place in which it is trodden out; syn. كُدْسٌ, (M, Mgh, K,) and عَرَمَةٌ: (Mgh:) Kr restricts it to wheat. (M.) b3: Accord. to the Towsheeh, it is [A place] for [drying] dates. (TA in art. جرن.) بَادِرَةٌ Hastiness of temper; passionateness: (S:) or a hasty saying, or action, that suddenly proceeds (يَبْدُرُ, in the CK يَبْدُو,) from one in anger: (M, A, * Mgh, * Msb, * K:) and a slip; a mistake; an error; (S, Msb;) on an occasion of one's being angry: (S:) or a bad, an abominable, or a foul, word or saying: and a quick fit of anger: (IAar, T:) pl. بَوَادِرُ, (S, A.) You say, أَخْشَى

عَلَيْكَ بَادِرَتَهُ I fear for thee his hastiness of temper, or passionateness: (S:) or what may hastily proceed from him in his anger. (A.) And مِنْهُ يَوَادِرُ غَضَبٍ ↓ بَدَرَتْ Slips, mistakes, or errors, on an occasion of his being angry, hastily proceeded from him. (S.) And بَادِرَةُ الشَّرِّ signifies What hastily, or suddenly, befalls one, of evil, or mischief. (M.) b2: An intuitive knowledge, notion, or idea; or a faculty of judging rightly at the first of an unexpected occurrence; or a faculty of extemporizing; syn. بَدِيهَهٌ. (S, K.) You say, فُلَانُ حَسَنُ البَادِرَةِ Such a one has a good intuitive knowledge, &c. (TA.) b3: The point of a sword. (M, K.) b4: The extremity of an arrow, next the head. (A.) b5: The head of a plant; (M;) the first part thereof from which the earth cleaves asunder. (M, K. *) b6: The first that appears of the [plant called] حِنَّآء. (M.) b7: The leaves of the [herb called] حُوَّآءَة. (K.) b8: The best, and freshest in growth, of the [plant called] وَرْس. (M, K. *) b9: Also, (M, K,) or بَوَادِرُ, (S, A,) which is the pl., (K,) of a man &c., (S, M,) The portion of flesh, (S, M, K,) or the portions thereof, (A,) between the shoulder-joint and the neck, (S, M, K,) or between the necks and the shoulderjoints: (A:) or the former, (K,) or its dual, (M,) of a man, the two portions of flesh that are above the رُغَثَاوَانِ and below the ثَنْدُوَة: (M, K:) or the dual, [relating to a camel, signifies] the two sides of the كِرْكِرَة [or callous lump on the breast]: or two veins on either side thereof. (M.) b10: بَوَادِرُ الخَيْلِ ↓ بَدَرَتْ The first, or fore parts, (أَوَائِل,) of the horses appeared [or suddenly came in view]. (Msb.) بَدْرَةٌ مُبَدَّرَةٌ [A sum such as is termed بدرة aggregated, made up, or completed]: the latter word is a corroborative; like the latter in قَنَاطِيرُ مُقَنْطَرَةٌ, (Ksh and Bd in iii. 12,) and in أَلْفٌ مُؤَلَّفَةٌ. (Ksh ibid.) مُبَادِرٌ applied to a boy: see بَدْرٌ.

سود

1 سَادَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. سِيَادَةٌ (Msb, TA) and سُودٌ and سُودَدٌ [and its vars. mentioned in the next sentence] and سَيْدُودَةٌ, (TA,) or سُودَدٌ is a simple subst. signifying as expl. below, (Msb,) He was, or became, [a سَيِّد, i. e. chief, lord, master, &c.; or] possessed of glory, honour, dignity, eminence, exalted or elevated state, or nobility. (Msb, TA.) b2: [It is also trans.:] you say, سَادَ قَوْمَهُ, (S, M, * A,) aor. ـُ (S, A,) inf. n. سِيَادَةٌ (S, M, K *) and سُودٌ (M, K *) and سُودَدٌ, (S, M, A, K *) in which last the [final] د is added to render the word quasi-coordinate to words of the measure فُعْلَلٌ, as جُنْدَبٌ and بُرْقَعٌ, (S,) and سُودُدٌ and سُؤْدَدٌ (M, TA *) and سُؤْدُدٌ, (M, K, *) of the dial. of Teiyi, (M,) and سَيْدُودَةٌ, (S, M,) He was, or became, the سَيِّد [or chief, lord, master, &c.,] of his people; (S;) [he ruled his people, or held dominion over them;] and ↓ اِسْتَادَهُمْ signifies the same. (M, L.) And سَادَهُ, inf. n. سِيَادَةٌ and سِيَادٌ and سُودَدٌ [&c.], He exercised rule, or dominion, over him. (MA.) [See also سُودَدٌ below.] b3: [Hence,] سَادَتْ نَاقَتِى المَطَايَا (tropical:) My she-camel left behind the [other] camels or beasts. (A, TA.) b4: سَاوَدَنِى فَسُدْتُهُ: see 3.

A2: سَوِدَ and سَادَ as syn. with اِسْوَدَّ: see this last, in three places.

A3: سَادَهُ as syn. with سَاوَدَهُ: see this latter.

A4: سَادَ, aor. ـُ also signifies He drank water such as is termed مَسْوَدَة, which occasions a disease termed سُوَادِ. (M, K.) b2: And سِيدَ, (M,) or سُئِدَ, like عُنِىَ, (K,) He was, or became, affected with السُّوَاد. (M, K. [In the former, the context indicates that this means here a disease that attacks the liver from eating dates: in the latter, that it here means a disease incident to sheep or goats.]) 2 سوّدهُ قَوْمُهُ, [inf. n. تَسْوِيدٌ,] His people made him a سَيِّد [i. e. chief, lord, &c.; generally meaning over them]. (S, M, * A.) It is said in a trad. of 'Omar, تَفَقَّهُوا قَبْلَ أَنْ تُسَوَّدُوا, (M,) or ↓ تَسَوَّدُوا [for تَتَسَوَّدُوا], (O,) meaning Learn ye knowledge, or science, before ye be [made] chiefs, looked at; for if ye learn not before that, ye will be ashamed to learn after becoming advanced in age, or attaining to full growth, (بَعْدَ الكِبَرِ,) and so will remain ignorant, taking it [i. e. knowledge] from the younger ones, and that will lower your estima-tion: (M:) or the meaning is, before ye be married, and become masters of houses, or tents, and be diverted by the marriage-state from [the acquisition of] knowledge, or science. (Sh, O.) [See also 5.] b2: سوّد also signifies He slew: (Az, TA:) or [the inf. n.] تَسْوِيدٌ signifies the slaying of سَادَة [i. e. chiefs, lords, &c., pl. of سَيِّدٌ]. (K.) b3: [And accord. to the K, تَسْوِيدٌ is also syn. with جُرْأَةٌ The being bold, daring, brave, or courageous: but accord. to the O, سَوَّدَ signifies خَرِئَ He voided his excrement, or ordure; as though from what next follows: which of these two explanations is right (for it seems improbable that both are right) I find no ex. to indicate.]

A2: سَوَّدْتُهُ, (S, M, * TA,) or سوّدته بِالسَّوَادِ, inf. n. تَسْوِيدٌ, (Msb,) I blackened it; made it, or rendered it, أَسْوَد [i. e. black]; (S, * M, Msb; *) I changed its بَيَاض [or whiteness] to سَوَاد [or blackness]. (TA.) b2: [Hence, سوّد وَجْهَهُ lit. He, or it, blackened his face: meaning (assumed tropical:) rendered his face expressive of sorrow, or displeasure; or grieved, or displeased, him: and also, disgraced him: see the contr. بَيَّضَ: and see also 9. b3: Hence also سوّد meaning He wrote anything in a rough manner, as one writes the first draught, or original copy, of a book or the like; contr. of بَيَّضَ in this sense also: probably post-classical.] b4: And سّود الإِبِلَ, (S, M, O,) inf. n. تَسْوِيدٌ, (S, K,) (assumed tropical:) He beat, or pounded, old worn-out hair-cloth, and applied it as a remedy to the galls, or sores, on the backs of the camels. (Fr, A'Obeyd, S, M, O, K. *) b5: And سَوِّدُوا ضَيْفَكُمْ (assumed tropical:) Feed ye your guest with something to allay the craving of his stomach before the morning-meal (الغَدَآء). (ElUmawee, TA in art. لهج.) 3 سَاْوَدَ ↓ سَاوَدَنِى فَسُدْتُهُ (S, A, K, * &c.) He vied with me, or contended with me for superiority, in the rank, or quality, or qualities, of a سَيِّد [or chief, lord, &c.], and I overcame, or surpassed, him therein: (S, A, L, K: *) A2: and also He vied with me in blackness, and I surpassed him therein. (S, L, K. *) b2: And ساودهُ, inf. n. سِوَادٌ, He met him in the blackness of the night. (M, L.) b3: And سَاوَدْتُهُ, (S, A, O,) inf. n. سِوَادٌ (S, O, K *) and مُسَاوَدَةٌ, (S,) (tropical:) I spoke secretly with him; (S, A, O, K; *) because you bring near your سَوَاد [or person] to his [when you so speak with another]; or [because] originally meaning I brought near my سَوَاد, i. e. person, to his: (S:) or ساودهُ, inf. n. سِوَادٌ, signifies he spoke secretly with him, and so brought near his سَوَاد to his [the other's]; as also ↓ سَادَهُ, inf. n. سَوْدٌ. (M.) It was said to the daughter of El-Khuss, Wherefore didst thou commit fornication? (S, O, L,) or What caused thee to commit fornication? or Wherefore didst thou become pregnant? (M, L,) thou being the mistress of thy people? (S, O, L:) and she answered, قُرْبُ الوِسَادِ وَطُولُ السِّوَادِ, (S, M, O, L, [in my two copies of the S قُرْبَ and طُولَ, as though a verb were understood,]) i. e. [The nearness of the pillow, and the long continuance of] secret speaking with another: (Lh, M, L:) or, as some say, السواد here means the enticing to جِمَاع: or, as others say, الجَمَاع itself [if the question put to her were the last mentioned above]. (M, L.) b4: ساودهُ also signifies (assumed tropical:) He acted deceitfully, or guilefully, with him: (K:) or he endeavoured to turn him [to a thing] by blandishment, or by deceitful arts; or to entice him; as shown above. (TA.) b5: And (assumed tropical:) He drove him away; namely, a lion. (O, K.) b6: And ساودت الإِبِلُ النَّبَاتَ (assumed tropical:) The camels laboured at the herbage with their lips, and could not master it, because of its shortness (O, K) and its scantiness. (K.) 4 أَسَادَ and أَسْوَدَ He begat a boy that was a سَيِّد [or chief, lord, &c.]: (S, O, K:) or they signify, (O, K,) or signify also, (S,) he begat a black boy: (S, O, K:) or he had a black child born to him: (M:) and اسودت she brought forth black children. (A.) 5 تسوّد He became married: (K:) or he became married, and master of a house, or tent. (Sh, O.) See 2, second sentence.8 إِسْتَوَدَ see 1. b2: استادوا بَنِى فُلَانٍ They slew the سَيِّد [or chief, lord, &c.,] of the sons of such a one: (Az, S, M, O, K:) or (so in the K, but in the S and O “ and in like manner ”) they took him captive: (S, O, K:) or they asked, or demanded, of him a woman in marriage. (IAar, S, M, O, K.) And استاد القَوْمَ, and فِى القَوْمِ, and مِنْهُمْ, He asked, or demanded, in marriage, a سَيِّدَة [or woman of rank or quality], among the people: (M:) or استاد فِى بَنِى فُلَانٍ, and مِنْهُمْ, he married one of the chief, or noble, women of the sons of such a one. (IAar, O.) And استاد He married among سَادَة [or chiefs, lords, &c.]. (L.) 9 اسوّد, (S, M, Msb, K,) inf. n. اِسْوِدَادٌ; (S, K;) and ↓ اسوادّ, (S, M, K,) inf. n. اِسوِيدَادٌ; (S, K;) and in poetry it is allowable to say ↓ اِسْوَأَدَّ, to avoid the concurrence of two quiescent letters; imperative [of ↓ the second] اِسْوَادِدْ, and the last two letters in this may be incorporated together [so that you may say اِسْوَادّ]; (S;) said of a thing; (S, Msb;) and ↓ سَوِدَ, (S, M, Msb,) said of a man, (S, TA,) and of a thing, (TA,) aor. ـْ (Msb;) and ↓ سَادَ, (M,) first Pers\. سُدْتُ, a form used by some; (S;) It, and he, became أَسْوَد [i. e. black]: (S, M, Msb, K:) and ↓ اسوادّ it, or he, became intensely so. (TA.) Nuseyb says, فَلَمْ أَمْلِكْ سَوَادِى وَتَحْتَهُ ↓ سَوِدْتُ قَمِيصٌ مِنَ القُوهِىِّ بِيضٌ بَنَائِقُهْ [I am black, (for Nuseyb was a slave,) and am not master of my person; but beneath it, or within it, is a shirt like the cloth of Koohistán, the gores of which are white: by this قميص he means his heart; القَمِيصُ, or قَمِيصُ القَلْبِ, tropically meaning “ the pericardium; ” and, by a synecdoche, “the heart itself, with its appertenances ”]. (S, TA.) b2: [Hence,] اسودّ وَجْهُهُ [lit. His face became black: meaning] (tropical:) his face became expressive of grief, or sorrow, or displeasure, occasioned by fear [&c.]: (Bd in iii. 102:) he became grieved, sorrowful, or displeased; and confounded, or perplexed, and unable to see his right course, by reason of shame, or in consequence of a deed that he had done (Bd in xvi. 60) [&c.: and often meaning he became disgraced]: opposed to اِبْيَضَّ. (Bd in iii. 102.) 11 إِسْوَاْدَّ see 9, in three places. Q. Q. 4 اِسْوَأَدَّ: see 9, first sentence.

سَوْدٌ A سَفْح (M, K, TA) of a mountain, (M, TA,) [app. meaning, in this case, a low tract at the base, or foot, of a mountain,] forming a narrow strip of ground, (M, TA,) rough and black, (M,) or level, abounding with black stones, (K, TA,) which are rough, and the predominant colour whereof is blackness; seldom found but at a mountain in which is a mine: so says Lth: or a piece of ground in which are black rough stones resembling dry human dung: (TA:) or land, or ground, in which blackness predominates, which is seldom anywhere but at a mountain in which is a mine: (Msb:) pl. أَسْوَادٌ: (M, TA:) and ↓ سَوْدَةٌ signifies a portion thereof; (M, Msb, K, TA;) and the pl. of this is سَوْدَاتٌ, and the pl. of سَوْدَاتٌ is ↓ أَسْوَادَتٌ, which occurs in a trad. (TA.) سُودٌ: see سُودَدٌ.

سَيْدٌ a contraction of سَيِّدٌ, q. v.

سِيدٌ: see art. سيد.

سَوْدَةٌ: see سَوْدٌ b2: Also (assumed tropical:) Land in which are palm-trees: opposed to بَيْضَةٌ. (TA in art. بيض.

[See also السَّوْدَآء, voce أَسْوَدُ, near the end.]) سُودَدٌ a subst. from سَادَ, inf. n. سِيَادَةٌ; signifying [The rank, station, or condition, or the quality or qualities, of a سَيِّد; i. e. chiefdom, lordship, mastery, &c.; or] glory, honour, dignity, (Msb,) or eminence, exalted or elevated state, or nobility: (M, Msb:) or this word, (S, M, K,) and its vars.

سُودُدٌ and سُؤْدَدٌ (M, TA) and سُؤْدُدٌ, (M, K,) of the dial. of Teiyi, (M,) and ↓ سُوِدٌ, (M, K,) are syn. with سِيَادَةٌ (S, M, K) and سَيْدُودَةٌ as inf. ns. of سَادَ [q. v.]. (S, M.) سَوْدَآءُ fem. of أَسْوَدُ [q. v.]. (Msb.) سَوْدَانَةٌ or سُودَانَةٌ: see سُودَانِيَّةٌ.

سِيدَانَةٌ: see سِيدٌ, in art. سيد.

سُودَانِيَّةٌ, (M, A, TA,) or سَوْدَانِيَّةٌ, (Mgh, O,) and ↓ سَوْدَانَةٌ, (M, O,) or سُودَانَةٌ, with damm, like the first, (TA,) and ↓ سَوَادِيَّةٌ (A, K) and ↓ أَسْوَدُ (K) all signify the same; (TA;) A certain bird, that eats grapes: or i. q. عُصْفُورٌ [i. e. the sparrow; or a bird of the passerine kind]: (K:) or a certain small bird, (A, Mgh, O, TA,) having a long tail, (Mgh,) resembling the عصفور, (TA,) sometimes (Mgh) called also ↓ العُصْفُورُ الأَسْوَدُ, (Mgh, O,) of such a size that it may be grasped in the hand, that eats grapes (A, Mgh, O, TA) and dates (A, TA) and locusts. (Mgh, O, TA.) سَوَادٌ Blackness; contr. of بَيَاضٌ; (M, Mgh;) a certain colour, (S, Msb,) well known. (Msb.) One says, لَقِيَهُ فِى سَوَادِ اللَّيْلِ [He met him in the blackness of night]. (TA.) And الشَّاةُ تَمْشِى فِى

سَوَادٍ وَتَأْكُلُ فِى سَوَادٍ وَتَنْظُرُ فِى سَوَادٍ [The sheep, or goat, walks in blackness, and eats in blackness, and looks in blackness]; meaning the blackness of its legs and of its mouth and of what is around its eyes. (Mgh, * Msb.) And إِذَا كَثُرَ البَيَاضُ قَلَّ السَّوَادُ [When whiteness becomes much, blackness becomes little]; by whiteness meaning milk; and by blackness, dates. (TA.) b2: Black clothing. (Mgh in art. بيض. [See its contr.

بَيَاضٌ.]) b3: [Hence,] سَوَادُ القَلْبِ (S, M, A, K) and ↓ سَوَادَتُهُ (M) and ↓ أَسْوَدُهُ and ↓ سَوْدَاؤُهُ (S, M, K) and ↓ سُوَيْدَاؤُهُ, (S, M, A, K,) the last a dim., (TA,) The heart's core; the black, or inner, part of the heart: or a black thing in the heart: or the black clot of blood that is within the heart [resembling a piece of liver (Zj in his “ Khalk el-Insán ”)]: or the heart's blood: i. q. حَبَّتُهُ: (S, M, K, TA:) or, as some say, دَمُهُ. (M, TA.) One says, اِجْعَلْهُمْ فِى سَوَادِ قَلْبِكَ (A, TA) and ↓ سُوَيْدَائِهِ (A) (tropical:) [Place them in the inmost part of thy heart; i. e. give them the best, or most intimate, place in thy affections]. (A, TA.) b4: سَوَادُ البَطْنِ signifies The liver. (L, TA.) b5: سَوادٌ is also syn. with شَخْصٌ (tropical:) [as meaning A person; and also, in a more general sense, a bodily, or corporeal, form or figure or substance]; (A'Obeyd, S, M, A, Msb, K;) of a man, and of other things; (Msb;) expressly said by A'Obeyd to be of any article of household goods or utensils and furniture and the like, and of other things: (M:) because appearing black when seen from a distance: (TA:) pl. أَسْوِدَةٌ and أَسَاوِدُ, (S, M, A,) the latter a pl. pl. (S, M.) El-Asshà says, تَنَاهَيْتُمُ عَنَّا وَقَدْ كَانَ فِيكُمُ

أَسَاوِدُ صَرْعَى لَمْ يُوَسَّدْ قَتِيلُهَا [Ye refrained from retaliating upon us when there were among you prostrate persons the slain whereof had not been pillowed in graves]: by the اساود meaning the شُخُوص of the slain. (S.) And it is said in a trad., إِذَا رَأَى أَحَدُكُمْ سَوَادًا بِلَيْلٍ فَلَا يَكُنْ أَجْبَنَ السَّوَادَيْنِ فَإِنَّهُ يَخَافُكَ كَمَا تَخَافُهُ [When any one of you sees a bodily form, or a person, by night, let him not be the more cowardly of the two bodily forms, or persons; for he feareth thee, like as thou fearest him]: سوادا here meaning شَخْصًا. (L.) The saying لَا يُزَايِلُ سَوَادِى بَيَاضَكَ is expl. by As as meaning لَا يُزايِلُ شَخْصِى شَخْصَكَ [i. e. My person will not separate itself from thy person]: سَوَادٌ, with the Arabs, meaning شَخْصٌ, and in like manner بَيَاضٌ. (IAar, L.) [Hence, app.,] قَالَ لِىَ الشَّرُّ أَقِمْ سَوَادَكَ [as though lit. signifying Evil said to me, Erect thy person]; meaning (assumed tropical:) be thou patient: a prov. (TA.) b6: As its pl. أَسَاوِدُ means the شُخُوص of the vessels of a house, [accord. to the statement of A'Obeyd cited above,] such as the مِطْهَرَة and the إِجَّانَة and the جَفْنَة, these being called أَسَاوِدُ الدَّارِ, it is also used as meaning (assumed tropical:) Household goods or utensils or furniture and the like, absolutely. (Har p. 495.) [And in like manner] the sing. is also used as meaning (assumed tropical:) The travelling-apparatus and baggage and train (ثَقَل) of a commander: (S:) and (assumed tropical:) the tents and apparatus and beasts and other things, collectively, of an army. (TA.) b7: Also, the sing., (assumed tropical:) Property, or cattle, &c.; syn. مَالٌ: (Aboo-Málik, TA:) or much thereof; (A'Obeyd, S, K;) as in the saying لِفُلَانٍ سَوَادٌ [To such a one belongs much property, &c.]. (A'Obeyd, S.) b8: Also (tropical:) A collection, company, or collective body, of men; (M, A, L;) as in the saying كَثَّرْتُ سَوَادَ القَوْمِ بِسَوَادِى (tropical:) [I increased the number of the collective body of the people, or party, by my person]: (A, TA:) and ↓ أًسْوَدَاتٌ and أَسَاوِدُ are used in the same sense; (M;) or [rather] as pls. of this meaning: (L, TA:) or all these as meaning (assumed tropical:) sundry, distinct or separate, sorts of men, or people: (M:) [but] سَوَادُ المُسْلِمِينَ means (assumed tropical:) the collective body of the Muslims: (Mgh, Msb:) and so السَّوَادُ الأَعْظَمُ, a tropical phrase [in which مِنَ المُسْلِمِينَ is understood]: (A:) or this means (tropical:) the great number of the Muslims agreed in obedience to the Imám. (TA.) (assumed tropical:) The commonalty, or generality, of men of people: (S, K:) (assumed tropical:) the bulk, or main part, of a people: (M, TA:) or (assumed tropical:) the greater number. (Msb.) And (assumed tropical:) A great number (S, Msb, K) of any kind. (S.) b9: (assumed tropical:) A collection of palmtrees and of trees in general; on account of their greenness and blackness, because greenness nearly resembles blackness. (M, L.) b10: And (tropical:) The rural district of any province; i. e. the district around the towns or villages, and the رَسَاتِيق [i. e. districts of sown fields with towns or villages], of any province: (M, TA:) or the environs, consisting of towns, or villages, and of cultivated land, (A, TA,) [but more properly applied to the latter than to the former,] of a city, (A,) or of the chief city of a province: (TA:) or the towns, or villages, [but properly with the cultivated lands pertaining to them,] of a province of city: (K:) thus [particularly] of El-Koofeh and El-Basrah: (S, O:) hence, (A,) سَوَادُ العِرَاقِ, (A, Mgh, O, Msb,) or [simply] السَّوَادُ, (K,) the district of towns or villages, and cultivated lands, of El-'Irák; (O, K; *) or the district between ElBasrah and El-Koofeh, with the towns, or villages, around them; (A;) or extending in length from Hadeethet El-Mowsil to 'Abbádán, and in breadth from El-'Odheyb to Holwán; (Mgh;) so called because of the خُضْرَة [which means both greenness and a colour approaching to blackness] of its trees and its seed-produce; (Mgh, Msb;) for that which is أَخْضَر the Arabs term أَسْوَد because it appears to be thus at a distance. (Msb.) سُوَادٌ Secret speech with another; as also سِوَادٌ: (M, K, TA:) each a subst. from سَاوَدَهُ, accord. to A'Obeyd: (M, TA:) but [ISd says,] in my opinion the latter is the inf. n. of سَاوَدَ, [and as such it has been mentioned above, (see 3,)] and the former is the simple subst., the two words being like مُزَاحٌ and مِزَاحٌ: (M:) As disallowed the former, but it is authorized by AO and others. (TA.) A2: Also A certain disease incident to sheep or goats. (K.) b2: And A certain disease incident to man; (K;) a pain that attacks the liver, in consequence of eating dates, and that sometimes, or often, kills. (M, TA.) b3: And A yellowness in the complexion, and a greenness (خُضْرَة [app. here meaning a blackish hue inclining to greenness]) in the nail, (K, TA,) incident to people from [drinking] salt water. (TA.) سَيِّدٌ, (S, M, K, &c.,) of the measure فَعِيلٌ; [originally سَوِيدٌ, for a reason to be mentioned below; the kesreh upon the و, being deemed difficult of pronunciation, is suppressed, and the quiescent و and ى thus coming thgether, the latter receives the rejected kesreh, and the و is changed into ى and incorporated into the augmentative ى; as in the case of جَيِّدٌ with those who hold it to be originally جَوِيدٌ;] or, accord. to the Basrees, it is of the measure فَيْعِلٌ; [originally سَيْوِدٌ;] (S;) and also ↓ سَيْدٌ; (Mz, 40th نوع, section on the class of هَيِّنٌ and هَيْنٌ;) A chief, lord, or master: (M, L, Mgh, Msb: [accord. to the last of which, this is a secondary signification, as will be seen below:]) a prince, or king: (Fr, L:) one who is set before, or over, others: a master of a household: (L:) a woman's husband: (Fr, M, Msb:) a possessor, an owner, or a proprietor: (L, Msb:) a slave's master, or owner: (Fr, M, Msb:) a superior in rank or station or condition; one possessing pre-eminence or excel-lence; a man of rank or quality; a personage; a man of distinction: (L:) one who surpasses others in intelligence and property, and in repelling injury, and in beneficence, or usefulness, who makes a just use of his property, and aids others by himself: (ISh, L:) one possessed of glory, honour, dignity, eminence, exalted or elevated state, or nobility; (L, Msb; [accord. to the latter of which, this is the primary signification;]) generous, noble, or high-born: (L:) the most generous, noble, or high-born, of a people: (Msb:) a liberal, bountiful, or munificent, person: (Fr, L:) clement; forbearing; one who endures injurious treatment from his people: (L:) devout, abstaining from unlawful things, and clement, or forbearing: (Katádeh, L:) one who is not overcome by his anger: ('Ikrimeh, L:) accord. to As, the Arabs say that it signifies any one who is subdued, or repressed, by his principle of clemency, or forbearance: (L:) and ↓ سَائِدٌ signifies the same as سَيِّدٌ: or one inferior to a سَيِّد: (K:) or, accord. to Fr, one says, هٰذَا سَيِّدُ قَوْمِهِ اليَوْمَ [this is the lord, &c., of his people today]; but if you announce that he will be their سيّد after a little while, you say هُوَ سَائِدُ قَوْمِهِ عَنْ قَلِيلٍ, and سَيِّدُ: (S:) the fem. of سَيِّدٌ [and of ↓ سَائِدٌ] is with ة: (M, L, Msb:) pl. of سَيِّدٌ, (S, Msb,) or of ↓ سَائِدٌ, (M, K,) سَادَةٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and سَيَائِدُ (S, K) and [pl. of سَادَةٌ] سَادَاتٌ: (Msb:) [J says that] سَادَةٌ is of the measure فَعَلَةٌ, [orinally سَوَدَةٌ,] because سَيِّدٌ is of the measure فَعِيلٌ; [as has been before mentioned;] and it is like سَرَاةٌ as pl. of سَرِىٌّ, the only other instance of the kind; this being shown to be the case by the fact that سَيِّدٌ has also as a pl. سَيَائِدُ, with ء, [and with the و changed into ى because it is so changed in the sing.,] like as أَفِيلٌ has أَفَائِلُ, and like as تَبِيعٌ has تَبَائِعُ; but the Basrees, who hold سَيِّدٌ to be of the measure فَيْعِلٌ, say that it becomes of the measure فَعَلَةٌ in the pl. as though it were سَائِدٌ, like قَائِدٌ, which has قَادَةٌ as a pl., and like ذَائِدٌ, which has ذَادَةٌ as a pl.; and they also say that سَيَائِدُ, with ء, as pl. of سَيِّدٌ, is contr. to analogy; for by rule it should be without ء. (S.) b2: [In the present day it is also particularly applied to signify, like شَرِيف, Any descendant of the Prophet.] b3: One of the poets has used it in relation to the jinn, or genii; saying, يَنْدُبْنَ سَيِّدَهُنَّةْ جِنٌّ هَبَبْنَ بِلَيْلٍ

[Genii that were roused from their sleep by night, summoning, or perhaps bewailing and eulogizing their chief]: Akh says that this is a well-known verse of the poetry of the Arabs: but it is asserted by one, or more, likewise deserving of reliance, that it is of the poetry of El-Weleed [and therefore post-classical]. (M.) b4: And the wild ass is called (assumed tropical:) the سَيِّد of his female. (TA.) b5: Also, (Ks, S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) and ↓ سِيَّدٌ, (K,) the latter on the authority of Aboo-'Alee, (TA,) applied to a he-goat, (assumed tropical:) Advanced in years: (Ks, S, M; Mgh, Msb, K:) or in its third year: (Mgh:) or great, though not advanced in years: (TA:) or it is of general application, for it occurs in a trad. applied to the camel and the ox-kind. (M, TA.) b6: And the former also signifies (assumed tropical:) What is most eminent, exalted, or noble, of any things: and is applied by Zj to the Kur-án, because, he says, it is سَيِّدُ الكَلَامِ (assumed tropical:) [The paragon of speech]. (M.) سِيَّدٌ: see the last sentence but one above.

سُوَيْدٌ the abbreviated dim. of أَسْوَدُ: (S, Mgh, Msb:) see the latter. b2: Also [as a subst., or an epithet in which the quality of a subst. predominates,] Water; (M, Mgh, L;) as also ↓ أَسْوَدُ: (M: [but see الأَسْوَدَانِ, voce أَسْوَدُ:]) the former is [said to be] used in this sense in negative phrases only: (M, L:) one says, مَاسَقَاهُمْ مِنْ سُوَيْدٍ قَطْرَةً He gave them not to drink a drop of water. (M, Mgh, * L.) b3: أُمُّ سُوَيْدٍ means The anus; syn. الاِسْتُ; (K;) [and] so ↓ السُّوَيْدَآءُ. (M.) سَوَادَةُ القَلْبِ: see سَوَادٌ, near the beginning of the paragraph.

سُوَادِىٌّ [or perhaps سَوَادِىٌّ, i. e. “ belonging to the Sawád of El-'Irák,”] i. q. سِهْرِيزٌ (M) A wellknown sort of dates, (K voce سهريز,) found in abundance at El-Basrah. (TA ibid.) سَوَادِيَّةٌ: see سُودَانِيَّةٌ.

سُوَيْدَآءُ dim. of سُوْدَآءُ, fem. of أَسْوَدُ, q. v.: (Mgh:) b2: see also سَوَادٌ, in two places: b3: and سُوَيْدٌ: b4: and أَسْوَدُ, near the end of the paragraph. b5: Also A certain bird. (M.) b6: And Salt tracts (سِبَاخ) of [plants of the kind called] نَجِيل: Kr explains it by نِبْتَةٌ [app. a mistranscription for نَبْتَةٌ a plant]; without describing it. (M.) سَائِدٌ: see سَيِّدٌ, in the middle of the paragraph, in three places.

أَسْوَدُ Greater, and greatest, in respect of estimation, rank, or dignity; syn. أَجَلُّ: (S, K:) and, as some say, more [and most] liberal or bountiful or munificent: or more [and most] clement or forbearing. (TA.) One says, هُوَ أَسْوَدُ مِنْ فُلَانٍ He is greater &c. (أَجَلُّ) than such a one. (S.) And الأَسْوَدُ مِنَ القَوْمِ means The greatest &c. (الأَجَلُّ) of the people, or party. (K, TA.) A2: Also Black; i. e. having سَوَاد, (M, * Mgh,) which is the contr. of بَيَاض: (M, Mgh:) and ↓ أَسْوَدِىٌّ signifies the same as أَسْوَدُ: (Ham p.

379:) [or has an intensive signification, like أَحْمَرىٌّ:] the fem. of أَسْوَدُ is سَوْدَآءُ: (Mgh, Msb:) the dim. of أَسْوَدُ is ↓ أُسَيِّدُ, (S, Msb,) and it is allowable to say ↓ أُسَيْوِدُ, [as is shown by an ex. voce أَسَكُّ,] meaning [a little black thing; or blackish, or] approaching to black; (S;) and the abbreviated dim. is ↓ سُوَيْدٌ: (S, Mgh, Msb:) the dim. of سَوْدَآءُ is ↓ سُوَيْدَآءُ: (Mgh:) the pl. of أَسْوَدُ (M, Msb) and of سَوْدَآءُ (Msb) is سُودٌ (M, Msb) and سُودَانٌ [which latter is especially applied to human beings]. (M.) السُّودَانُ is said in the R to denote [The negroes;] that particular people, or race, who are the most stinking of mankind in the armpits and sweat, and the more so those who are eunuchs. (TA.) [It (i. e. السودان) is also sometimes used for أَرْضُ السُّودَانِ, or بِلَادُ السُّودَانِ, (The land, or the country, of the negroes,) or the like: it is thus used in the TA voce سَمْغَرَةُ.] and the epithet أَسْوَدُ is also applied by the Arabs to a thing that is أَخْضَر [i. e. green]; because it appears to be thus at a distance. (Msb. [See أَخْضَرُ: and see حَدِيقَةٌ دَهْمَآءُ and مُدْهَامَّةٌ, voce أَدْهَمُ.]) b2: [Hence,] أَسْوَدُ القَلْبِ and سَوْدَآؤُهُ: see سَوَادٌ. b3: [And السَّوْدَآءُ The black bile; one of the four humours of the body; of which the others are the yellow bile (الصَّفْرَآءُ), the blood (الدَّمُ), and the phlegm (البَلْغَمُ).] b4: أَسْوَدُ as opposed to أَحْمَرُ [and meaning The Arab race, and also, accord. to some, in this case also, the black]: see أَحْمَرُ, in two places. b5: As applied to a certain bird: see سُودَانِيَّةٌ, in two places. b6: Also, as a subst., (S,) or an epithet in which the quality of a subst. predominates, (Sh, M,) so that it is used as a subst., (Sh, TA,) but imperfectly decl., (TA,) (tropical:) A great serpent, (S, M, K,) in which is blackness: (S, M:) the worst and greatest and most noxious of serpents, than which there is none more daring, for sometimes it opposes itself to a company of travellers, and follows the voice, and it is that which seeks retaliation, and he who is bitten by it will not escape death: (Sh, TA:) it is pluralized as a subst., (Sh, S, M,) its pl. being

أَسَاوِدُ (S, M) and أَسَاوِيدُ and ↓ أَسْوَدَاتٌ: (M:) were it an epithet [used as such], its pl. would be سُودٌ: it is also called أَسْوَدُ سَالِحٌ, because it casts off its slough every year: you do not say أَسْوَدُ سَالِخٍ: (S:) the female is called ↓ أَسْوَدَةٌ, (S, M,) which is extr.; (M;) and to this the epithet سَالِخَةٌ is not applied. (S.) b7: الأَسْوَدَانِ means (assumed tropical:) The serpent and the scorpion; (Sh, Mgh, Msb, K;) which are to be killed during prayer: (Sh, Mgh, Msb:) so called by the attribution of predominance [to the former]. (Sh, TA.) b8: and (tropical:) Dates and water; (El-Ahmar, As, S, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K;) both together being thus called by a term which properly applies to one only, [accord. to some,] for [they say that] الأَسْوَدُ alone signifies dates, not water, and especially, or mostly, the dates of El-Medeeneh; and in like manner, Aboo-Bekr and 'Omar together are called العُمَرَانِ; and the sun and the moon together, القَمَرَانِ: (TA:) or, as some say, it means water and milk; and is applied by a rájiz to water and the herb called الفَثّ, of [the grain of] which bread is made, and is eaten [in time of dearth or drought]. (M, L.) See also سُوَيْدٌ. b9: Also (assumed tropical:) The حَرَّة [or tract strewn with black and crumbling stones] and night: (S, M, L:) so called because of their blackness. (M, L.) A party came as guests to Muzebbid El-Medenee, and he said to them, “There is nothing for you with us but the أَسْوَدَانِ: ” and they replied, “Verily therein is a sufficiency: dates and water: ” but he said, “ I meant not that: I only meant the حَرَّة and the night. ” (S, M.) And as to the saying of 'Áïsheh, that she was with the Prophet when they had no food, but only the أَسْوَدَانِ, which is expl. by the lexicologists as meaning dates and water, [and thus by Mtr in the Mgh, ISd says,] in my opinion she only meant the حَرَّة and night. (M.) b10: هُوَ أَسْوَدُ الكَبِدِ [lit. He is black-livered] means (tropical:) he is an enemy: (A, TA:) and سُودُ الأَكْبَادِ means (tropical:) enemies. (M, A.) b11: You say also, جَآءَ فُلَانٌ بِغَنَمِهِ سُودَ البُطُونِ, and, in like manner, حُمْرَ الكُلَى, both meaning (tropical:) Such a one brought his sheep, or goats, in a lean, or an emaciated, state. (As, S, and A in art. حمر.) b12: and رَمَى بِسَهْمِهِ الأَسْوَدِ (tropical:) He shot with his lucky arrow, (A, K,) that was smeared with blood, (A,) by means of which he looked for good fortune, (K, TA,) because he had shot with it and hit the object shot at, (TA,) or as though it were black (K, TA) with blood, (TA,) or by its having been much handled. (K, TA.) b13: and كَلَّمْتُهُ فَمَا رَدَّ عَلَىَّ سَوْدَآءَ وَلَا بَيْضَآءَ (tropical:) I spoke to him, and he did not return to me a bad word nor a good one: (S, L:) or a single word. (A.) b14: وَطْأَةٌ سَوْدَآءُ means (assumed tropical:) A footstep, or footprint, that is becoming effaced: a recent one is termed حَمْرَآءُ. (S.) b15: السَّوْدَآءُ (assumed tropical:) Cultivated, or planted, land; opposed to البَيْضَآءُ [q. v.]. (TA in art. بيض.

[See also سَوْدَةٌ.]) b16: [But سَنَةٌ سَوْدَآءُ means (assumed tropical:) A very severe year; more severe than such as is termed حَمْرَآءُ; which is more severe than the بَيْضآء, and still more so than the شَهْبَآء: see arts. شهب and حمر.] b17: الحَبَّةُ السَّوْدَآءُ, said in a trad. to be a remedy for every disease except death, (TA,) i. q. الشُّونِيزُ [q. v.], (K,) as also ↓ السُّوَيْدَآءُ, (TA,) [i. e.] this latter signifies حَبَّةُ الشُّونِيزِ, (M,) or properly الشِّينِيز, for thus the Arabs called it accord. to IAar: or, as some say, i. q. الحَبَّةُ الخَضْرَآءُ [q. v. in art. حب], because the Arabs [often] call black أَخْضَر, and green أَسْوَد. (TA.) A3: It is also used as an epithet denoting excess; but as such is anomalous, being formed from a verb whence the simple epithet is of the measure أَفْعَلُ: so in the saying, أَسْوَدُ مِنْ حَلَكِ الغُرَابِ [Blacker than the blackness, or intense blackness, of the crow, or raven: see حَلَكٌ]. (I'Ak p. 237. [See also its contr. أَبْيَضُ, voce بَيَاضٌ; and see Har p. 286.]) أَسْوَدَةٌ fem. of أَسْوَدُ, q. v., used as a subst. (S, M.) أَسْوَدَاتٌ: see سَوْدٌ: b2: and سَوَادٌ: b3: and أَسْوَدُ.

أَسْوَدِىٌّ: see أَسْوَدُ, fourth sentence.

أُسَيْدِىٌّ, rel. n. of أُسَيِّدُ with the movent ى rejected, Of, or relating to, [a blackish colour, or] a colour approaching to black. (S.) أُسَيِّدُ and أُسَيْوِدُ: see أًسْوَدُ, fourth sentence.

مِسَادٌ, A skin for clarified butter, or for honey. (TA in this art. [See also art. مسد; and see مِسْأَدٌ, in art سأد.]) مَسُودٌ One over whom rule, or dominion, is exercised; or of whom another is سَيِّد [or chief, lord, master, &c.]. (TA.) مُسْوِدٌ [act. part. n. of أَسْوَدَ, q. v.:] with ة, i. e. مُسْوِدَةٌ, A woman who brings forth black children: the contr. is termed مُبْيِضَةٌ, (Fr, K in art. بيض,) or, more commonly, مُوضِحَةٌ. (O and TA in that art.) مَآءٌ مَسْوَدَةٌ Water that is a cause of [the disease called] سُوَاد (M, K, TA) to such as drink it. (TA.) ظّلَّ وَجْهُهُ مُسْوَدًّا, in the Kur [xvi. 60 and xliii.

16], means (assumed tropical:) [His face becomes, or continues, or continues all the day,] expressive of sorrow, or displeasure. (Mgh. [See the verb, 9.]) and أَيَّامٌ مُسْوَدَّةٌ means (assumed tropical:) [Days of] evil state or condition, and hardness, or difficulty, of living. (Har p. 304.) b2: [مُسْوَدَّةٌ The first draught, or original copy, of a book, or the like: (not called مُسَوَّدَةٌ:) opposed to مُبْيَضَّةٌ, q. v.: probably postclassical.]

مُسَوَّدٌ Guts (مُصْرَان) containing blood drawn by venesection from a she-camel, bound at the head, roasted and eaten. (IAar and K as expl. by MF.) المُسَوِّدَةُ The partisans of the dynasty of the 'Abbásees; [so called because they made their clothes black;] opposed to the مُبَيِّضَة. (S and K in art. بيض.) مَسْؤُودٌ part. n. of سُئِدُ. (K. [See 1, last signification.])

سو

أ1 سَآءَ, (Lth, M, Msb, K,) aor. ـُ (Lth, Msb,) inf. n. سَوْءٌ, (Lth, M,) or سَوَآءٌ, like سَحَابٌ, (K,) [but the former is that which is commonly known,] It (a thing, Lth, M) was, or became, evil, bad, abominable, foul, unseemly, unsightly, or ugly. (Lth, M, Msb, K.) It is used in this sense, (IKt, TA,) or [rather] is like بِئْسَ, (Bd, Jel,) in the Kur [xvii. 34], where it is said, سَآءَ سَبِيلًا [Evil, &c., is it as a way of acting]: (IKt, Bd, Jel, TA:) which is like the saying, سَآءَ هٰذَا مَذْهَبًا [Evil, &c., is this as a way of acting or believing, &c.]: the noun being in the accus. case as a specificative. (IKt, TA.) And so in the saying, سَآءَ مَا فَعَلَ فُلَانٌ صَنِيعًا [Evil, &c., as an action, is that which such a one has done]. (TA.) b2: One says also, سُؤْتُ بِهِ ظَنًّا, and أَسَأْتُ ↓ بِهِ الظَّنَّ , [lit. I was evil in opinion respecting him, or it, and I made the opinion respecting him, or it, to be evil, each virtually meaning I held, or formed, an evil opinion respecting him, or it,] the noun being determinate, with the article ال, in the latter case, (ISk, S, Msb, TA,) because it is an objective complement, for the verb is trans., (IB, TA,) and the noun being indeterminate in the former case, (IB, Msb, TA,) because it is in the accus. case as a specificative; (IB, TA;) but some allow it to be indeterminate after ↓ أَسَأْتُ, which is here the contr. of أَحْسَنْتُ. (Msb.) A2: It is also trans.: (Lth, TA:) you say, سَآءَهُ, (S, M, K,) aor. ـُ (S,) inf. n. سَوْءٌ (S, M, K) and (??), with damm also, (TA, [and said to be an (??)n. in the Ksh and by Bd in ii. 46, but as it is (??) entioned as an inf. n. in the S nor in the M (??) the K, but is expressly said in all these to (??)st., I think that is should be rejected, or (??) as a quasi-inf. n. like كَلَامٌ and ثَوَابٌ (??) سَوَآةٌ (K) and سَوَآءَةٌ (Az, M, K) and (??), K,) of the measure فَعَالِيَةٌ, like (??) M,) and سَوَايَةٌ, (S, M, K,) which is a contraction of that next preceding, (Kh, S, M,) and مَسَآءٌ (M, K) and مَسَآءَةٌ, (S, M, K,) originally مَسْوَأَةٌ, (Har p. 81,) and مَسَائِيَةٌ, which is originally مَسَاوِئَةٌ, (Kh, S, M, K,) and مَسَايَةٌ, (S, M, K,) which is a contraction of that next preceding, (Kh, S,) and مَسَائِيَّةٌ, (M, K,) this last written in the L with two ى s, [i. e. مَسَاييِةٌ,] (TA,) [He did evil to him;] he did to him that which he disliked, or hated; (M, K;) he displeased, grieved, or vexed, him; contr. of سَرَّهُ. (S.) One says, سُؤْتُ الرَّجُلَ, meaning I displeased, grieved, or vexed, the man by what he saw [or experienced] from me. (S.) And أَرَدْتُ مَسَآءَتَكَ and مَسَائِيَتَكَ [I desired to displease, grieve, or vex, thee]. (Lth, TA.) And إِنَّ اللَّيْلَ طَوِيلٌ وَلَا يَسُؤْ بَالُهُ [Verily the night is long, and may the state thereof not displease, grieve, or vex, me]: meaning لَا يَسُؤْنِى بَالُهُ; and expressing a prayer. (Lh, M. [In the TA, in the place of بَالُهُ is put ما له; as though meaning مَا لَهُ مِنَ الحَوَادِثِ or the like, i. e. its events, or accidents, &c.]) And لَهُ عِنْدِي مَا سَآءَهُ وَنَآءَهُ [I have, belonging to him, or I owe him, what grieved him, and oppressed him by its weight], and مَا يَسُوْؤُهُ وَيَنُوْؤُهُ [what does, or will, grieve him, &c.]. (S.) تَرَكَ مَا يَسُوْؤُهُ وَيَنُوْؤُهُ [He left, or has left, what will grieve him, and oppress him by its weight, on the day of judgment, by the responsibility that it has imposed upon him,] is a prov., said of him who has left his property to his heirs. (Meyd, TA.) It is said that El-Mahboobee was possessed of riches; and when death visited him, he desired to make a testament; so it was said to him, “What wilt thou write? ” and he answered, “Write ye, 'Such a one,' meaning himself, 'has left what will grieve him, and oppress him by its weight:' ” i. e., property which his heirs will devour, while the burden thereof will remain upon him. (Meyd, TA.) [See also 4.] b2: One says also, سُؤْتُ وَجْهَ فُلَانٍ, aor. ـُ inf. n. مَسَآءَةٌ and مَسَائِيَةٌ, (Lth, TA,) i. q. قَبَحْتُهُ [i. e. I said, May God remove the person (lit. the face) of such a one far from good, or prosperity, &c.]. (TA. [It is said in a copy of the M, that سُؤْتُ لَهُ وَجْهَهُ means قَبَّحْتُهُ: but I think that the right explanation is قَبَحْتُهُ, without tesh-deed, meaning I said to him, قَبَحَ اللّٰهُ وَجْهَكَ: see art. قبح.]) 2 سوّأ [He corrupted, or marred]. You say, سَوِّ وَلَا تُسَوِّئْ Rectify thou, and do not corrupt, or mar. (A, TA.) [See also 4.] b2: سوّأ عَلَيْهِ He said to him أَسَأْتُ [Thou hast done ill]. (M.) You say, سَوَّأْتُ عَلَيْهِ مَا صَنَعَ, (S,) or صَنِيعَهُ, (K,) i. e. فِعْلَهُ, (TA,) inf. n. تَسْوِئَةٌ and تَسْوِىْءٌ, I discommended to him what he had done, or his deed; and said to him أَسَأْتَ [Thou hast done ill]. (S, K.) And إِنْ أَسَأْتُ فَسَوِّئْ عَلَىَّ [If I do ill, say thou to me, Thou hast done ill]. (S.) 4 أَسَآءَ, [inf. n. إِسَآءَةٌ,] He did evil, or ill; or acted ill; contr. of أَحْسَنَ: (S, M, K:) [and so]

اسِآء فِى فِعْلِهِ. (Msb.) You say, اسآء إِلَيْهِ (S, K) and لَهُ and عَلَيهِ and بِهِ (TA) He did evil or ill, or acted ill, to him. (S, K, TA.) b2: [See also أَسْوَى, in several senses, in art. سوي.]

A2: اسآءهُ He corrupted it, or marred it; (M, K;) [did it ill;] did it not well; namely, a thing. (M.) It is said in a prov., أَسَآءَ كَارِهٌ مَا عَمِلَ [An unwilling person did ill what he did]; relating to a man who was compelled against his will, by another, to do a thing, and marred it, or did it not well: it is applied to the man who seeks an object of want and does not take pains to accomplish it. (M, Meyd. *) See also 1, in two places, in the former half of the paragraph. [And see 2.]8 استآء He experienced evil, or that which he disliked or hated, (S, * K, TA,) or displeasure, (TA,) or grief, or anxiety. (M, TA.) اِسْتَآءَ لَهَا occurs in a trad. as meaning He (the Prophet) became displeased, or grieved, or anxious, on account of it; i. e., on account of a dream that had been related to him: or, accord. to one relation, the right reading is اِسْتَآلَهَا, meaning “ he sought the interpretation of it, by consideration. ” (TA.) سَوْءٌ is an inf. n. of سَآءَ, (Lth, S, M, K,) intrans., (Lth, M,) and trans.: (S, M, K:) and is also used as an epithet, applied to a man, (M, Msb, and Ham p. 712,) and to an action. (Msb.) Yousay رَجُلُ سَوْءٍ (S, M, Msb, K) [A man of evil nature or doings; or] a man who does what is evil, displeasing, grievous, or vexatious: (M, TA:) and رَجُلُ السَّوْءِ [the man of evil nature or doings &c.]: (S, K:) and ذِئْبُ السَّوْءِ [the wolf of evil nature &c.], as in a verse cited voce أَحَالَ, in art. حول: (S:) and عَمَلُ سَوْءٍ [a deed of evil nature]: (M, Msb:) and عَمَلُ السَّوْءِ [the deed of evil nature]: (Ham p. 498:) and نَعْتُ سَوْءٍ [an epithet of evil nature]: (O and K in art. سحق:) and سَعْفُ سَوْءٍ a bad commodity: (O and TA in art. سعف:) and if you make the former word determinate [by means of the article ال], you use the latter as an epithet [also], (M, * Msb, and Ham, p. 712, *) and you say الرَّجُلُ السَّوْءُ [the evil man, or the man who does what is evil &c.]: (Msb, and Ham p. 712:) and العَمَلُ السَّوْءُ [the evil deed]: (Msb:) [this last phrase I hold to be correct, regarding السَّوْءُ in this case as originally an inf. n. of the intrans. verb سَآءَ, and therefore capable of being used as an epithet applied to anything; though] IB says that السَّوْءُ used as an epithet is applied to a man but not to a deed: (TA:) [in what here follows from the S, denying the correctness of another phrase mentioned above on the authority of lexicologists of high repute, there is, in my opinion, an obvious mistranscription, twice occurring, السَّوْءُ for السُّوْءُ, which I suppose to have passed from an early copy of that work into most other copies thereof, for I find it alike in all to which I have had access:] Akh says, one should not say الرَّجُلُ السَّوْءُ, though one says الحَقُّ اليَقِينُ as well as حَقُّ اليَقِينِ; for السَّوْءُ is not the same as الرَّجُلُ, but اليَقِينُ is the same as الحَقُّ: he says, also, nor should one say, هٰذَا رَجُلُ السُّوْءِ with damm: (S:) [here the expres-sion “ with damm ” may perhaps be meant to refer to السوء in all of the three instances above; not in the last only:] IB says, [in remarking on this passage of the S, in which he appears to have read السُّوْء, with damm, in all of the three instances,] Akh allows one's saying رَجُلُ السَّوْءِ and رَجُلُ سَوْءٍ, with fet-h to the س in both; but not رَجُلُ السُّوْءِ, with damm to the س, because السُّوْءُ is a subst., meaning “ harm, injury, hurt, mischief, or damage,” and “ evilness of state or condition; ” and رَجُل is prefixed, as governing a gen. case, only to the inf. n.: and he adds that one says, هٰذَا الرَّجُلُ السَّوْءُ, not prefixing [the former noun to the latter, but using the latter as an epithet]. (TA.) b2: See also the next paragraph, in six places.

سُوْءٌ is the subst. from سَآءَهُ; (S, M, * K;) [so, app., accord. to the generality of the lexicologists;] or inf. n. (Ksh and Bd in ii. 46) of سَيِّئٌ, (Ksh ibid.,) or of سَآءَ, aor. ـُ (Bd ibid.,) or of سَآءَهُ [q. v.]; (TA;) signifying Evilness, badness, abominableness, foulness, or unseemliness; [and displeasingness, grievousness, or vexatiousness;] as, for instance, of natural disposition, and of doings: (Ksh ubi suprà:) vitious, immoral, unrighteous, sinful, or wicked, conduct: [hence, رَمَاهُ بِسُوْءٍ: see art. رمي:] anything disapproved, or disallowed; or regarded as evil, bad, abominable, foul, or unseemly: (S, TA:) [an evil action or event:] evilness of state or condition: harm, injury, hurt, mischief, or damage: (IB, TA:) anything that is mentioned as being سَيِّئ [i. e. evil, &c.]: (Lth, TA:) any evil, evil affection, cause of mischief or harm or injury, noxious or destructive thing, calamity, disease, or malady: (M, K, TA:) [pl. أَسْوَآءٌ, accord. to a general rule.] The saying مَا أُنْكِرُكَ مِنْ سُوْءٍ means I do not disacknowledge thee in consequence of سُوْء [i. e. evilness, &c.,] that I have seen in thee, but only in consequence of my little knowledge of thee. (S.) لِنَصْرِفَ عَنْهُ السُّوْءَ وَالفَحْشَآءَ, in the Kur [xii. 24], is said by Zj to mean, [In order that we might turn away from him] unfaithfulness to his master, and adultery. (M, TA.) And سُوْءُ الحِسَابِ, in the Kur [xiii. 18, i. e. The evilness of the reckoning], is expl. by him as meaning a reckoning in which no good work will be accepted, and no evil work passed over; because infidelity will have made the former to be of no avail: or, as some say, it means a reckoning pursued to the utmost extent, in which no evil work will be passed over. (M, TA.) لَا خَيْرَ فِى قَوْلِ السُّوْءِ means There is no good in thy saying سُوْء [i. e. a thing that is evil; قول being here used in its original sense of an inf. n.]: but if you say ↓ السَّوْء, [you use قول in the sense of مَقُول, and] the meaning is, in evil speech. (TA as from the K, but not in the CK nor in my MS. copy of the K.) سُوْءٌ accord. to one reading, and ↓ سَوْءٌ accord. to another, (K, TA, [but all that is given in this sentence as from the K is so given only on the authority of the TA, not being in the CK nor in my MS. copy of the K]) the latter of which readings is the more common, (TA,) in the phrase دَائِرَةُ السّوء, (K, TA,) in the Kur [ix. 99 and xlviii. 6], (TA,) mean Defeat, and evil; (K, TA;) and trial, or affliction, and torment; (TA;) and perdition, and destruction, or corruption: (K, TA:) and in like manner in the saying, أُمْطِرَتْ مَطَرَ السّوءِ, (K, TA,) in the Kur [xxv. 42]: (TA:) or السُّوْء means harm, injury, hurt, mischief, or damage; and evilness of state or condition; [as expl. before;] and ↓ السَّوْء, corruption, or destruction, or perdition: (K, * TA:) or السُّوْء in the phrase دَائِرَةُ السُّوْءِ means defeat and evil; and the reading ↓ السَّوْء is from [i. e. syn. with] المَسَآءَة [as inf. n.]. (S. [See also دَائِرَةٌ, in art. دور.]) Accord. to Zj, in the saying in the Kur [xlviii. 6], ↓ الظَّانِّينَ بِاللّٰهِ ظَنَّ السَّوْءِ, (TA,) meaning ظَنَّ الأَمْرِ السَّوْءِ [i. e. Who opine, of God, the opining of the evil thing], (Bd,) it is allowable to read ظَنَّ السُّوْءِ; (T, TA;) and thus some read in this instance: (Jel:) but AM says, in the saying in the Kur [xlviii. 12], ↓ وَظَنَنْتُمْ ظَنَّ السَّوْءِ [And ye opined the evil opining], it is read only with fet-h, and damm to the س is not allowable in this instance, for there is in it no meaning of trial, or affliction, and torment: (TA:) [for this distinction, however, I see no reason; and it is not correct; for] السوء is with fet-h and with damm to the س in the three sentences [whereof this last is one] in which it occurs in this chapter. (Jel.) b2: In the Kur vii. 188, it is said to mean (assumed tropical:) Diabolical possession; or insanity, or madness. (M, TA.) b3: (tropical:) Leprosy, syn. بَرَصٌ, (Lth, S, M, K, TA,) is said to be its meaning in the Kur xx. 23 and xxvii. 12 and xxviii. 32. (S, TA.) b4: (assumed tropical:) The fire: so in the Kur xxx. 9, accord. to the reading السُّوْءَ: (K, TA:) said to mean there Hell: but the reading commonly known is ↓ السُّوْءَى. (TA.) b5: And (assumed tropical:) Weakness in the eye. (K. [Thus, i. e. with damm to the س, in the CK and TK: in the TA said to be بالفتح; but this is evidently a mistake for بالضمّ.]) سَىْءٌ: see سَيِّئٌ.

سَوْءَةٌ The عَوْرَة [or pudendum], (S, Mgh, Msb,) i. e. (Msb) the فَرْج [which means the same, or the external portion of the organs of generation], (Lth, M, IAth, Msb, K,) of a man, and of a woman: (Lth, Msb, TA:) and the anus: (Az and TA in art. سوى:) dual سَوْءَتَانِ: and pl. سَوْآتٌ: so called because its becoming exposed to men displease [or shames] the owner thereof; (Msb;) or because of its unseemliness. (Ham p. 510.) In the Kur vii. 19, for سَوْآتِهِمَا, some read سَوَاتِهِمَا; and some, سَوَّاتِهِمَا. (Bd.) b2: In the Kur v. 34, it means The dead body, or corpse; (Bd, Jel;) because it is deemed unseemly to be seen. (Bd.) b3: Accord. to IAth, the former is the primary signification: and hence it is transferred to denote Any saying, or action, of which one is ashamed when it appears: (TA:) any evil, bad, abominable, foul, or unseemly, saying or action; (S, K, TA;) as also ↓ سَوْآءُ: (M:) any disgracing action or thing: (Lth, TA:) an evil, abominable, or unseemly, property, quality, custom, or practics; (K, TA;) as also ↓ سَوْآءُ, or ↓ سَوْءَى; (accord. to different copies of the K; [the latter perhaps fem. of ↓ أَسْوَأُ like the former, of the same class as دَفْأَى and دَنْأَى, or fem. of ↓ سَوْآنُ, like عَطْشَى fem. of عَطْشَانُ;]) or so both of these; (TA;) or so ↓ سَوْءَةٌ سَوْآءُ: (S:) [or this last means a property, &c., that is very evil &c.] One says, سَوْءَةً لِفُلَانٍ May a disgracing action or thing befall such a one; [or disgrace, or shame, to such a one;] using the accus. case because it is an expression of reviling and imprecation. (Lth, TA.) [See also سَيِّئَةٌ and سُوْءَى.] b4: ↓ السَّوْءَةُ السَّوْءَى [or ↓ السَّوْءَةُ السَّوْآءُ] also means The contrarious wife or woman. (TA.) سَايَةٌ as used in the saying ضَرَبَ فُلَانٌ عَلَى فُلَانٍ

سَايَةً is held by some to be originally with ء, and of the measure فَعْلَةٌ, from السَّوْءُ; so that the saying means Such a one did to such a one a thing that caused displeasure to him; and did evil to him: others hold that the saying means such a one made a way to do what he desired to such a one; in which case, ساية is of the measure فَعْلَةٌ from سَوَّيْتُ; originally سَوْيَةٌ, which is changed into سَيَّةٌ, and then into سَايَةٌ, in like manner as دِوَّانٌ is changed into دِيوَانٌ. (Aboo-Bekr, TA.) [See the same word in art. سوى.]

سَوْءَى: see سَوْءَةٌ, in two places.

سُوْءَى is [fem. of ↓ أَسْوَأُ, q. v., as meaning More, and most, evil, bad, abominable, foul, unseemly, unsightly, or ugly: and is also] a subst. signifying an evil, a bad, an abominable, a foul, or an unseemly, action; (Msb, TA;) i. q. فَعْلَةٌ سَيِّئَةٌ [and سَيِّئَةٌ alone]: in this sense, [as well as in the former,] (TA,) contr. of حُسْنَى. (S, M, K, TA.) b2: In the Kur xxx. 9, (S, TA,) accord. to the reading commonly known, (TA,) [as contr. of الحُسْنَى,] السُّوْءَى means (assumed tropical:) The fire (S, K, TA) of Hell. (TA.) See also سُوْءٌ, last explanation but one.

سَوْآءُ: see أَسْوَأُ (of which it is said by some to be fem.) in two places: b2: and see also سَوْءَةٌ, in four places.

خَزْيَانُ سَوْآنُ is [app. an instance of the alteration of the latter of two epithets to assimilate it to the former, originally خَزْيَانُ أَسْوَأُ, meaning Ashamed, or base, or vile, or ignominious, and evil, bad, &c.,] from القُبْحُ. (M, TA.) b2: See also سَوْءَةٌ.

سَيِّئٌ, [originally سَيْوِئٌ (as will be shown below, voce سَيِّئَةٌ), then سَيْيِئٌ, and then سَيِّئٌ,] applied to a thing [of any kind], (Lth, TA,) Evil, bad, abominable, foul, unseemly, unsightly, or ugly; (Lth, Msb, TA;) contr. of حَسَنٌ: (Msb:) sometimes contracted into ↓ سَىْءٌ, like as هَيِّنٌ is contracted in هَيْنٌ, and لَيّنٌ into لَيْنٌ; as in the saying of Et-Tuhawee, وَلَا يَجْزُونَ مِنْ حَسَنٍ مِسَىْءٍ

وَلَا يَجْزُونَ مِنْ غِلَظٍ بِلِينِ [And they will not requite good with evil, nor will they requite roughness with gentleness]. (S.) You say قَوْلٌ سَيِّئٌ [An evil saying; or] a saying that displeases. (M, TA.) And فَعْلَةٌ سَيِّئَةٌ [An evil action or deed]. (TA.) And it is said in the Kur [xxxv. 41], وَمَكْرَ السَّيِّئِ وَلَا يَحِيقُ الْمَكْرُ السَّيِّئٌ

إِلَّا بِأَهْلِهِ [And in the plotting of that which is evil; but the evil plotting shall not beset any save the authors thereof]. (M, TA.) One says also, فُلَانٌ سَيِّئُ الاِخْتِيَارِ [Such a one is evil in respect of choice, or preference]. (S.) [See also the next paragraph.]

سَيِّئَةٌ [fem. of سَيِّئٌ, q. v.: and also a subst., being transferred from the category of epithets to that of substs. by the affix ة], originally سَيْوِئَةٌ, (S,) An evil act or action; contr. of حَسَنَةٌ; (Msb;) a fault, an offence, or an act of disobedience; or such as is intentional; a sin, a crime, or an act of disobedience for which one deserves punishment; syn. خَطِيْئَةٌ: (M, K:) pl. سَيِّئَاتٌ. (TA.) It is said in a trad., الحَسَنَةُ بَيْنَ السَّيِّئَتَيْنِ [The good act is between the two evil acts]; meaning that the exceeding of the just bounds is a سَيِّئَة, and the falling short thereof is a سَيِّئَة, and the pursuing a middle course between these two is a حَسَنَة. (TA.) [See also سَوْءَةٌ and سُوْءَى.] b2: Also; tropically, (tropical:) The recompense of a سَيِّئَة properly so termed [i. e. as expl. above]. (Msb in art. مكر.) b3: An evil, or evil accident; a calamity; a misfortune; (Ksh in iv. 81;) a trial, or an affliction; opposed to حَسَنَةٌ; (Ksh and Bd in iv. 80;) scarcity of herbage, or of the goods, conveniences, and comforts, of life; straitness of circumstances; and unsuccessfulness; thus [likewise] opposed to حَسَنَةٌ in the Kur iv. 80. (Er- Rághib, TA in art. حسن.) أَسْوَأُ; fem. سُوْءَى: see the latter word. One says, هُوَ أَسْوَأُ القَوْمِ He is the most evil, &c., of the people, or party; syn. أَقْبَحُهُمْ: and هِىَ السُّوْءَى

She is the most evil, &c. (Msb.) And the [common] people say أَسْوَأُ الأَحْوَالِ, meaning The [worst, or] most scanty, and weakest, of states or conditions. (Msb.) A2: [Also,] applied as an epithet to a man, (El-Umawee, M, TA,) Evil, bad, abominable, foul, unseemly, unsightly, or ugly: (ElUmawee, M, K, TA:) fem. ↓ سَوْآءُ, (El-Umawee, M, K,) which is thus applied to a woman; (ElUmawee, S, M;) or this is an instance of the measure فَععلَآءُ having no [masc. of the measure]

أَفَعَلُ. (M, TA.) See also سَوْءَةٌ, in four places. It is said in a trad. (M, TA) of the Prophet, or of 'Omar, (TA,) وَلُودٌ خَيْرٌ مِنْ حَسْنَآءَ عَقِيمٍ ↓ سَوْآءُ [An ugly prolific woman is better than a beautiful barren one]. (M, TA.) مَسَآءَةٌ an inf. n. of سَآءَهُ: (S, M, K:) and [also a subst. signifying An evil, as being] a cause of grief or vexation; contr. of مَسَرَّةٌ: originally مَسْوَأَةٌ: and therefore the pl. is ↓ مَسَاوٍ, for مَسَاوِئُ; (Msb;) signifying also vices, faults, defects, or imperfections; (S, Msb, K, TA;) and diseases; (S, TA;) and acts of disobedience: (Msb:) so in the saying, بَدَتْ مَسَاوِيهِ His acts of disobedience, and vices, faults, &c., appeared: (Msb:) and الخَيْلُ تَجْرِى عَلَى مَسَاوِيهَا Horses run, notwithstanding their vices, or faults, &c., (S, Meyd, K,) and diseases; (S, Meyd;) for their generousness impels them to do so: (S, Meyd, K: but omitted in the CK:) and in like manner, the ingenuous generous man bears difficulties, and defends, or protects, what he is bound to defend or protect, or to regard as sacred, or inviolable, though he be weak, and practises generosity in all circumstances: (Meyd, TA:) or it is applied in relation to the protection and defence of what should be sacred, or inviolable, or of wives, or women under covert, and the members of one's household, notwithstanding harm, or injury, and fear: or it means that one may seek to defend himself by means of a man though there be in him qualities disapproved: (MF, TA:) but accord. to Lh, المَسَاوِى has no proper sing., like المَحَاسِنُ: (Meyd, TA: *) accord. to some of the writers on inflection, it is the contr. of المَحَاسِنُ, and an anomalous pl. of السُّوْءُ, being originally with ء. (TA.) مَسَاوٍ: see the next preceding paragraph.